2आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के राज-दुलारे बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K rāj-dulārē bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rāj dulārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) royal beloved child child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada is seeing all His raj-dulare (royal, specially beloved children) children everywhere.
3यह परमात्म दुलार कोटों में कोई को प्राप्त होता है . yah paramātma dulār kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī kō prāpt hōtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this Supreme Soul love and affection x in some to reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .
3A handful out of multimillions receive this special affection from God.
4परमात्म दुलार में बापदादा ने हर एक बच्चे को तीन तख्त का मालिक बनाया है . paramātma dulār mē̃ bāpdādā nē har ēk bachchē kō tīn takht kā mālik banāyā hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Supreme Soul love and affection in BapDada ∅ each one child to x throne of master create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
4With this Godly affection, BapDada has made each child a master of three thrones.
5पहला स्वराज्य अधिकार का भ्रकुटी का तख्त दूसरा बापदादा का दिलतख्त और तीसरा है विश्व के राज्य अधिकार का तख्त यह तीन तख्त बाप ने अपने स्नेही दुलारे बच्चों को दिया है . pahlā svarājya adhikār kā bhrakuṭī kā takht dūsrā bāpdādā kā diltakhta aur tīsrā hai viśhva kē|K rājya adhikār kā takht yah tīn takht bāp nē apnē snēhī dulārē bachchō̃ kō diyā hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhrakuṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] dulārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x own kingdom right of forehead of throne other BapDada of heart throne and third be[pres.sg.23] world (of|K) kingdom right of throne this x throne father ∅ one’s own loving beloved child to give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
5The first one is the throne of the forehead of the right to self-sovereignty. 6The second is BapDada's heart-throne and the third is the throne of the right to the kingdom of the world. 7The Father has given these three thrones to His loving, dulare (affectionate) children.
6तो यह तीनों तख्त सदा स्मृति में रहने से हर एक बच्चे को रूहानी नशा रहता है . tō yah tīnō̃ takht sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahnē sē har ēk bachchē kō rūhānī naśhā rahtā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then this all three throne constantly awareness in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] from each one child to spiritual intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
8By having these three thrones in your awareness all the time, each child has spiritual intoxication.
7तो सभी बच्चे बाप द्वारा प्राप्त वर्से को देख खुशी में रहते हैं ना ! tō sabhī bachchē bāp dvārā prāpt varsē kō dēkh khuśhī mē̃ rahtē haĩ nā ! tō sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā prāpt[adj.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! then all child father through reached inheritance to see[root] happiness in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
9So, all of you children remain happy on seeing the inheritance you receive from the Father, do you not?
8दिल में स्वतः यह गीत बजता ही रहता है वाह बाबा वाह ! dil mē̃ svataḥ yah gīt bajtā hī rahtā hai vāh bābā vāh ! dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svataḥ yah[pn.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vāh bābā vāh ! heart in automatically this x x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only remain[pres.sg.m.23] wah! Baba wah! !
10The song automatically keeps playing in your heart, does it not? 11"Wah Baba! wah!
9और वाह मेरा भाग्य वाह ! aur vāh mērā bhāgya vāh ! aur vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! and wah! I[.kā] x wah! !
12Wah my fortune! wah!"
10जो स्वप्न में भी नहीं था वह प्रैक्टिकल जीवन में मिल गया . jō svapn mē̃ bhī nahī̃ thā vah practical jīvan mē̃ mil gayā . jō[pn.;d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] vah[pn.sg.d.] practical jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . that dream in too not be[past.m.sg] that practical life in receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
13You have received in your practical life what you never even dreamt of.
11तख्त के साथ-साथ बापदादा ने इस संगम पर डबल ताज द्वारा उड़ती कला का अनुभवी भी बनाया है . takht kē|K sāth-sāth bāpdādā nē is saṅgam par double tāj dvārā uṛtī kalā kā anubhavī bhī banāyā hai . takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] double tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhavī[adj.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . throne (of|K) x BapDada ∅ this confluence (other|at) double crown through fly[pres-part.f.] degree of experienced too create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
14At this confluence age, together with the throne, BapDada has made you experience the flying stage through the double crown.
12तो बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों की यह डबल ताजधारी प्युरिटी की रॉयल्टी , डबल ताजधारी देख रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kī|key yah double tājdhārī purity kī|key royalty , double tājdhārī dēkh rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] double tājdhārī[adj.] purity karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key royalty , double tājdhārī[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada everywhere (of|K) child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this double crowned purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) royalty , double crowned see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
15BapDada was seeing the royalty of purity of the double-crowned children everywhere. 16He was seeing the double-crowned children.
13बापदादा ने आज चारों ओर के बच्चों के पुरूषार्थ की रफ्तार को चेक किया क्योंकि समय की रफ्तार को तो आप सभी भी देख और जान रहे हो . bāpdādā nē āj chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K purūṣhārth kī|key raphtār kō check kiyā kyōṅki samay kī|key raphtār kō tō āp sabhī bhī dēkh aur jān rahē hō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] āj chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[root] aur jānnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . BapDada ∅ today everywhere (of|K) child (of|K) effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed to check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] because time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed to then you all too see[root] and know[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
17Today, BapDada checked the speed of effort of all the children everywhere because all of you can see and also know the speed of time.
14तो बापदादा देख रहे थे कि जो हर एक को बाप द्वारा राज-भाग का वर्सा मिला है , अपने राज्य का , फ्युचर प्राप्ति का , तो फ्युचर में जो आप सबके संस्कार नैचुरल और नेचर होगी वह अब से बहुतकाल के संस्कार अनुभव होने चाहिए क्योंकि यह नया संसार आप सबके नये संस्कार द्वारा ही नया संसार बन रहा है . tō bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē ki jō har ēk kō bāp dvārā rāj-bhāg kā varsā milā hai , apnē rājya kā , future prāpti kā , tō future mē̃ jō āp sabkē saṅskār natural aur nature hōgī vah ab sē bahutkāl kē|K saṅskār anubhav hōnē chāhiē kyōṅki yah nayā saṅsār āp sabkē nayē saṅskār dvārā hī nayā saṅsār ban rahā hai . tō bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā rāj-bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , future prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō future mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] natural aur nature hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.] sē[postp.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] dvārā hī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] bannā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that that each one to father through x of inheritance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one’s own kingdom of , future attainment of , then future in that you everyone's sanskar natural and nature be[fut.f.sg.23] that now from a long period of time (of|K) sanskar experience be[.oblig3] because this new world you everyone's new sanskar through only new world become[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
18BapDada was seeing the inheritance of the fortune of the kingdom that each one has received from the Father - your kingdom, your future attainment -the sanskars that all of you will have in the future in a natural way and will be part of your nature should be experienced now for a long period of time because that is the new world (naya sansaar), and the new world is being created with the new sanskars of all of you.
15तो जो नये संसार की विशेषतायें हैं उसको भी अनुभव तो करते हो ना . tō jō nayē saṅsār kī|key viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ uskō bhī anubhav tō kartē hō nā . tō jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . then that new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] too experience then do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
19So, you are experiencing the specialities of the new world, are you not?
16हमारे राज्य में क्या होगा , नशा है ना . hamārē rājya mē̃ kyā hōgā , naśhā hai nā . ham[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . we[.kē] kingdom in what be[fut.m.sg.23] , intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
20You have the intoxication of what there will be in your kingdom, do you not?
17दिल कहती है ना कि हमारा राज्य , हमारा नया संसार आया कि आया . dil kahtī hai nā ki hamārā rājya , hamārā nayā saṅsār āyā ki āyā . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ham[pn.pl.kā] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . heart say[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ that we[.kā] kingdom , we[.kā] new world come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
21Your hearts says "Our kingdom, our new world is about to come!"
18तो बापदादा देख रहे थे नये संसार की जो विशेषतायें हैं वह बच्चों में पुरूषार्थी जीवन में कहाँ तक इमर्ज हैं ! tō bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē nayē saṅsār kī|key jō viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ vah bachchō̃ mē̃ purūṣhārthī jīvan mē̃ kahā̃ tak emerge haĩ ! tō bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] purūṣhārthī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ tak[x] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! then BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] that child in effort-maker life in to what extent emerge be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
22So, BapDada was seeing to what extent the specialities of the new world have emerged in the effort-making lives of the children.
19जानते तो हो , कि नये संस्कार और नया संसार की विशेषतायें क्या होंगी . jāntē tō hō , ki nayē saṅskār aur nayā saṅsār kī|key viśhēṣhatāyē̃ kyā hōṅgī . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ki[conj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that new sanskar and new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality what be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
23You already know what the new sanskars and the specialities of the new world are.
20सभी की बुद्धि में नये संसार की विशेषतायें इमर्ज हैं ना ! sabhī kī|key buddhi mē̃ nayē saṅsār kī|key viśhēṣhatāyē̃ emerge haĩ nā ! sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) intellect in new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality emerge be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
24The specialities of the new world have emerged in the intellects of all of you.
21जानते हो ना ! jāntē hō nā ! jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
25You know them, do you not?
22गाते भी हो , जानते भी हो , पहली विशेषता , चेक करना एक-एक विशेषता मेरे में कहाँ तक इमर्ज है ? gātē bhī hō , jāntē bhī hō , pahlī viśhēṣhtā , check karnā ēk-ēk viśhēṣhtā mērē mē̃ kahā̃ tak emerge hai ? gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] , check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ tak[x] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x speciality , check do[inf.m.sg.d.] one speciality I[.kē] in to what extent emerge be[pres.sg.23] ?
26You remember them and you know them. 27The first speciality - check to what extent each speciality has emerged in you?
23मुख्य विशेषता है - एक राज्य , तो जैसे वहाँ एक राज्य स्वतः ही होता है , दूसरा कोई राज्य नहीं , ऐसे अपने संगम की जीवन में देखो कि आपके जीवन में भी एक राज्य है ? mukhya viśhēṣhtā hai - ēk rājya , tō jaisē vahā̃ ēk rājya svataḥ hī hōtā hai , dūsrā kōī rājya nahī̃ , aisē apnē saṅgam kī|key jīvan mē̃ dēkhō ki āpkē jīvan mē̃ bhī ēk rājya hai ? mukhya[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vahā̃ ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? main speciality be[pres.sg.23] - one kingdom , then like there one kingdom automatically only be[pres.sg.m.23] , other some kingdom not , such one’s own confluence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you[.kē] life in too one kingdom be[pres.sg.23] ?
28The main speciality is of one kingdom. 29Just as there is naturally only one kingdom there, there is no other kingdom there, in the same way, look at your confluence-aged life as to whether there is just one kingdom in your life.
24कि कभी-कभी दूसरा राज्य भी होता है ? ki kabhī-kabhī dūsrā rājya bhī hōtā hai ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? that ever other kingdom too be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
30Or, is there sometimes another kingdom too?
25अगर चलते-चलते स्व के राज्य के साथ-साथ माया का भी राज्य चलता है तो क्या एक राज्य के संस्कार होंगे ? agar chaltē-chaltē sva kē|K rājya kē|K sāth-sāth māyā kā bhī rājya chaltā hai tō kyā ēk rājya kē|K saṅskār hōṅgē ? agar chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sva kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kyā ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x (of|K) kingdom (of|K) x Maya of too kingdom continue[pres.sg.m.23] then what one kingdom (of|K) sanskar be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
31If, while moving along, together with the kingdom of the self there is also the kingdom of Maya, then would you have the sanskars of one kingdom?
26एक राज्य से दूसरा भी राज्य तो नहीं चलता ? ēk rājya sē dūsrā bhī rājya tō nahī̃ chaltā ? ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? one kingdom from other too kingdom then not continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
32From one kingdom, there isn't another kingdom also ruling at the same time, is there?
27परमात्मा की श्रीमत का राज्य है या कभी कभी माया का भी दबाव है ? paramātmā kī|key śhrīmat kā rājya hai yā kabhī kabhī māyā kā bhī dabāv hai ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Supreme Soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shrimat of kingdom be[pres.sg.23] or ever ever Maya of too x be[pres.sg.23] ?
33Is it the kingdom of God's shrimat? 34Or is there sometimes suppression by Maya?
28दिल में माया का राज्य तो नहीं होता ? dil mē̃ māyā kā rājya tō nahī̃ hōtā ? dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? heart in Maya of kingdom then not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
35There isn't Maya's kingdom in your heart, is there?
29तो यह चेक करो . tō yah check karō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
36So, check this.
30इस बातों से अपने चार्ट को चेक करो . is bātō̃ sē apnē chart kō check karō . yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chart kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this matter from one’s own chart to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
37Check your chart in these aspects.
31अभी संगम पर एक परमात्मा का राज्य है या माया का भी दबाव हो जाता है ? abhī saṅgam par ēk paramātmā kā rājya hai yā māyā kā bhī dabāv hō jātā hai ? ab[adv.hī] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] ēk[adj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? now confluence (other|at) one Supreme Soul of kingdom be[pres.sg.23] or Maya of too x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
38Now, at the confluence age, is it God's kingdom or does Maya also suppress you?
32चेक किया ? check kiyā ? check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
39Have you checked this?
33अभी अभी चेक करो , चार्ट तो देखते रहते हो ना अपना . abhī abhī check karō , chart tō dēkhtē rahtē hō nā apnā . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chart tō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] . now now check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chart then see[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) .
40Check this right now. 41You check your chart, do you not?
34तो अगर अभी तक भी दो राज्य है तो एक राज्य के अधिकारी कैसे बनेंगे ? tō agar abhī tak bhī dō rājya hai tō ēk rājya kē|K adhikārī kaisē banē̃gē ? tō agar ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then if now until too (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) kingdom be[pres.sg.23] then one kingdom (of|K) (one) who has a right how become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
42So, if there are two kingdoms even now, how would you claim a right to one kingdom?
35क्या श्रीमत के साथ माया की मत भी मिक्स हो जाती है क्या ? kyā śhrīmat kē sāth māyā kī|key mat bhī mix hō jātī hai kyā ? kyā śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mix hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] kyā ? what shrimat with Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) directions too x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] what ?
43Are the dictates of Maya mixed with shrimat?
36ऐसे ही एक धर्म - एक राज्य भी होगा तो एक धर्म भी होगा . aisē hī ēk dharm - ēk rājya bhī hōgā tō ēk dharm bhī hōgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] - ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . such only one religion - one kingdom too be[fut.m.sg.23] then one religion too be[fut.m.sg.23] .
44In the same way, there is one religion - there will be one kingdom and one religion.
37धर्म अर्थात् धारणा . dharm arthāt dhārṇā . dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] . religion that is dharna .
45Religion (dharma) means dharna.
38तो आपकी विशेष धारणा कौन सी है ? tō āpkī viśhēṣh dhārṇā kaun see|sī|C hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣh[adj.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you[.kī] special dharna who (see|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
46So, what is your special dharna?
39पवित्रता की धारणा . pavitratā kī|key dhārṇā . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] . purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna .
47The dharna of purity.
40तो चेक करो - सदा मन , वचन , कर्म , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में सम्पूर्ण और सदा पवित्रता की नेचर नैचुरल बनी है ? tō check karō - sadā man , vachan , karma , sambandh-sampark mē̃ sampūrṇ aur sadā pavitratā kī|key nature natural banī hai ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - sadā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sampūrṇ[adj.] aur sadā pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature natural bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - constantly mind , word , deed , x in complete and constantly purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature natural become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
48So, check: Has the nature of purity become constantly natural in your thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections?
41जैसे वहाँ अपने राज्य में पवित्रता का स्वधर्म स्वतः ही होगा , ऐसे ही इस समय पवित्रता की धारणा नैचुरल और नेचर बन गई है ? jaisē vahā̃ apnē rājya mē̃ pavitratā kā svadharm svataḥ hī hōgā , aisē hī is samay pavitratā kī|key dhārṇā natural aur nature ban gaī hai ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svadharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] is samay[x] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] natural aur nature bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ? like there one’s own kingdom in purity of original dharma automatically only be[fut.m.sg.23] , such only at this time purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna natural and nature become[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ?
49Just as in your kingdom, there will be the religion (dharna) of purity naturally, in the same way, has the dharna of purity at this time become natural and part of your nature?
42क्योंकि जानते हो कि आपका अनादि स्वरूप और आदि स्वरूप पवित्रता है . kyōṅki jāntē hō ki āpkā anādi svarūp aur ādi svarūp pavitratā hai . kyōṅki jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kā] anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because know[pres.pl.m.2] that you[.kā] eternal form and etc. form purity be[pres.sg.23] .
50You know that your eternal form and your original form is purity.
43तो चेक करो - कि एक धर्म अर्थात् पवित्रता नैचुरल है ? tō check karō - ki ēk dharm arthāt pavitratā natural hai ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] natural hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - that one religion that is purity natural be[pres.sg.23] ?
51So, check: is the one religion, that is, purity, natural?
44जो नेचर होती है वह न चाहते भी काम कर लेती है क्योंकि कई बच्चे जब रूहरिहान करते हैं तो क्या कहते हैं ? jō nature hōtī hai vah na chāhtē bhī kām kar lētī hai kyōṅki kaī bachchē jab rūhrihān kartē haĩ tō kyā kahtē haĩ ? jō[pn.;d.] nature hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] kyōṅki kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jab rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? that nature be[pres.sg.f.23] that not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (lust|task) do[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] because some child when spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
52Nature works even when you don't want it to. 53What do some children say in their heart-to-heart conversations?
45बहुत मीठी-मीठी बातें करते हैं , कहते हैं चाहता नहीं हूँ , चाहती नहीं हूँ , लेकिन कभी मन्सा में , कभी वाचा में कोई न कोई अपवित्रता का अंश इमर्ज हो जाता है ? bahut mīṭhī-mīṭhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ , kahtē haĩ chāhtā nahī̃ hū̃ , chāhtī nahī̃ hū̃ , lēkin kabhī mansā mē̃ , kabhī vāchā mē̃ kōī na kōī apavitratā kā aṅśh emerge hō jātā hai ? bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , chāhnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , lēkin kabhī[adv.] mansā mē̃[postp.] , kabhī[adv.] vāchā mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? very sweet matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.1] , x[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.1] , but ever through the mind in , ever x in one .. or another impurity of trace emerge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
54They say very, very sweet things. 55They say: I didn't want to, but sometimes the trace of impurity emerges in my thoughts or in my words.
46संस्कार बहुत जन्मों का है ना इसीलिए हो जाता है . saṅskār bahut janmō̃ kā hai nā isīliē hō jātā hai . saṅskār[x] bahut janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā isīliē hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . sanskar very life of be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
56This happens because there are the sanskars of many births.
47तो एक धर्म का अर्थ है पवित्रता की धारणा नेचर और नैचुरल हो . tō ēk dharm kā arth|earth hai pavitratā kī|key dhārṇā nature aur natural hō . tō ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] nature aur natural hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then one religion of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna nature and natural (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
57So, one religion means that the dharna of purity should be natural and part of your nature.
48चाहे वाणी में भी आवेश आ जाता है , कहते हैं क्रोध नहीं था थोड़ा सा आवेश आ गया . chāhē vāṇī mē̃ bhī āvēśh ā jātā hai , kahtē haĩ krōdh nahī̃ thā thōṛā sā āvēśh ā gayā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āvēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) words in too x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anger not be[past.m.sg] short x x come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
58Even if there is force in your words, you then say: That wasn't anger, but I became a little bit forceful.
49तो आवेश क्या है ? tō āvēśh kyā hai ? tō āvēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then x what be[pres.sg.23] ?
59So, what is that force?
50क्रोध का ही तो बच्चा है . krōdh kā hī tō bachchā hai . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anger of only then child be[pres.sg.23] .
60It is a child of anger.
51तो एक धर्म के संस्कार कब नैचुरल बनेंगे ? tō ēk dharm kē|K saṅskār kab natural banē̃gē ? tō ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kab natural bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then one religion (of|K) sanskar when natural become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
61So, when will the sanskars of one religion become natural?
52तो चेक करो लेकिन चेक के साथ बाप द्वारा मिली हुई शक्तियों द्वारा चेन्ज करो . tō check karō lēkin check kē sāth bāp dvārā milī huī śhaktiyō̃ dvārā change karō . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin check kē sāth[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but check with father through receive[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] Shakti through change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
62So, check and, together with checking, also bring about change with the powers you have received from the Father.
53अभी फिर भी बापदादा पहले से ही अटेन्शन खिंचवा रहे हैं कि अभी फिर भी चेक करके चेन्ज करने का तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करेंगे तो मार्जिन है लेकिन कुछ समय के बाद अचानक टूलेट का बोर्ड लगना ही है . abhī phir bhī bāpdādā pahlē sē hī attention khiñchvā rahē haĩ ki abhī phir bhī check karkē change karnē kā tīvr purūṣhārth karē̃gē tō margin hai lēkin kuchh samay kē bād achānak toolate kā board lagnā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] phir bhī[x] bāpdādā pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] attention khichvānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] phir bhī[x] check karnā[abs.] change karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] achānak too late kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board lagnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now nevertheless BapDada beforehand only attention draw[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that now nevertheless check do[abs.] change do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of intense effort do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x be[pres.sg.23] but anything time after suddenly too late of board x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
63Now, BapDada is at least drawing your attention in advance: If you make intense effort to check and then change, there is a margin, but after some time, the board of "suddenly" or "too late" definitely has to be put up.
54फिर नहीं कहना कि बाबा ने तो बताया ही नहीं . phir nahī̃ kahnā ki bābā nē tō batāyā hī nahī̃ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bābā nē[postp.] tō batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . (then|turn[root]) not say[inf.m.sg.d.] that Baba ∅ then tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not .
64Don't say then that Baba didn't warn you.
55इसलिए अभी पुरूषार्थ का समय तो गया लेकिन तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का समय अभी भी है तो चेक करो लेकिन सिर्फ चेक नहीं करना , चेन्ज करो साथ में . isliē abhī purūṣhārth kā samay tō gayā lēkin tīvr purūṣhārth kā samay abhī bhī hai tō check karō lēkin sirph check nahī̃ karnā , change karō sāth mē̃ . isliē ab[adv.hī] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sirph[adj.] check nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . therefore now effort of time then go[past-part.m.sg.d.] but intense effort of time now too be[pres.sg.23] then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but only check not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] with in .
65This is why the time for making effort has now passed, but you still have time to make intense effort. 66So, check, but do not just check; also bring about change at the same time.
56कई चेक करते हैं लेकिन चेन्ज करने की शक्ति नहीं है . kaī check kartē haĩ lēkin change karnē kī|key śhakti nahī̃ hai . kaī check karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin change karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some check do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but change do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti not be[pres.sg.23] .
67Some check themselves, but they do not have the power to change themselves.
57चेक और चेन्ज दोनों साथ-साथ होना चाहिए क्योंकि आप सबका स्वमान वा आप सबकी महिमा क्या है ? check aur change dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hōnā chāhiē kyōṅki āp sabkā svamān vā āp sabkī mahimā kyā hai ? check aur change dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] vā āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? check and change x x (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) because you everyone's self-respect or you everyone's praise what be[pres.sg.23] ?
68Checking and change should both take place simultaneously. 69What is the self-respect and praise of all of you?
58टाइटिल क्या है ? title kyā hai ? title kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? title what be[pres.sg.23] ?
70What is your title?
59मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान . master sarvśhaktivān . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] . master Almighty Authority .
71Master almighty authority, one with all powers.
60है , मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान है या शक्तिवान है ? hai , master sarvśhaktivān hai yā śhaktivān hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] , master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā śhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] , master Almighty Authority be[pres.sg.23] or x be[pres.sg.23] ?
72Are you a master with all powers or do you just have some powers?
61जो कहते हैं मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō kahtē haĩ master sarvśhaktivān haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] master Almighty Authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
73Those who say that they are masters with all powers, raise your hands!
62अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 63तो मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान मुबारक हो लेकिन मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान और चेन्ज नहीं कर सकें तो क्या कहा जायेगा ? tō master sarvśhaktivān mubārak hō lēkin master sarvśhaktivān aur change nahī̃ kar sakē̃ tō kyā kahā jāyēgā ? tō master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] aur change nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] ? then master Almighty Authority congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but master Almighty Authority and change not do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] then what (say[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|say[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) ?
74Achcha, congratulations, masters with all powers! 75However, what can be said if you are masters with all powers and are not able to bring about change?
64अपने ही संस्कार को , नेचर को परिवर्तन करने चाहे भी और नहीं कर सके तो क्या कहेंगे ? apnē hī saṅskār kō , nature kō parivartan karnē chāhē bhī aur nahī̃ kar sakē tō kyā kahē̃gē ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] , nature kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] aur nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? one’s own only sanskar to , nature to transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) too and not do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
76What can be said if you wish to change your own sanskars and nature but are not able to change them?
65अपने से पूछो मास्टर शक्तिवान , या मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान ? apnē sē pūchhō master śhaktivān , yā master sarvśhaktivān ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] master śhaktivān[adj.] , yā master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] ? one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] master x , or master Almighty Authority ?
77Ask yourself: Am I a master with some powers or a master with all powers?
66मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान ने संकल्प किया - करना ही है और हुआ पड़ा है . master sarvśhaktivān nē saṅkalp kiyā - karnā hī hai aur huā paṛā hai . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] nē[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+paṛnā] . master Almighty Authority ∅ thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] - do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] and be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+paṛnā] .
78When a master with all powers has the thought, "I have to do this", then it is already accomplished.
67होगा देखेंगे … यह होता नहीं है . hōgā dēkhē̃gē … yah hōtā nahī̃ hai . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[fut.m.sg.23] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … this be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
79Then, there isn't the thought "Will it happen? 80I will see about it, I cannot do this..."
68तो अभी समय के प्रमाण रिजल्ट यह होनी है कि जो सोचा तो संकल्प और स्वरूप बनना साथ-साथ हो . tō abhī samay kē|K pramāṇ result yah hōnī hai ki jō sōchā tō saṅkalp aur svarūp bannā sāth-sāth hō . tō ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] result yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] sāth-sāth hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then now time (of|K) (under) result this be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that that think[past-part.m.sg.d.] then thought and form become[inf.m.sg.d.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
81So, now, according to the time, the result should be that whatever thought you have - the thought and becoming that form should both take place at the same time.
69अभी नया वर्ष , अव्यक्त वर्ष आने वाला ही है . abhī nayā varṣh , avyakt varṣh ānē vālā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] nayā varṣh[x] , avyakt[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now New Year , avyakt year (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who only be[pres.sg.23] .
82Now, the New Year, the Avyakt Year is about to come.
7040 वर्ष अव्यक्त पालना का हो रहा है . 40 varṣh avyakt pālnā kā hō rahā hai . 40 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] avyakt[adj.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 40 year avyakt (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
83It is going to be 40 years of receiving avyakt sustenance.
71तो अव्यक्ति पालना और व्यक्त रूप की पालना को 72 वर्ष हो चुके हैं . tō avyakti pālnā aur vyakt rūp kī|key pālnā kō 72 varṣh hō chukē haĩ . tō avyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur vyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kō[postp.] 72 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] . then x (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) and x Rup (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) to 72 year be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] .
84So, it is now 72 years since you have been receiving avyakt sustenance and sustenance through the corporeal form.
72तो क्या दोनों बाप की पालना का रिटर्न बापदादा को नहीं देंगे ! tō kyā dōnō̃ bāp kī|key pālnā kā return bāpdādā kō nahī̃ dēgē ! tō kyā dōnō̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return bāpdādā kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! then what x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of return BapDada to not give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
85So, will you not give BapDada the return of the sustenance you have received from both Fathers?
73सोचो - पालना क्या और प्रैक्टिकल क्या है ? sōchō - pālnā kyā aur practical kyā hai ? sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā aur practical kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) what and practical what be[pres.sg.23] ?
86Just think: What is the sustenance you have received and what has been practical?
74बापदादा ने देखा अभी भी अलबेलापन और रॉयल आलस्य , रॉयल आलस्य है - हो जायेगा , बन ही जायेंगे , पहुंच ही जायेंगे और अलबेलापन है कर तो रहे हैं , तो तो … यह तो होना ही है , यह तो करना ही है , कहने और करने में अन्तर हो जाता है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā abhī bhī albēlāpan aur royal ālasya , royal ālasya hai - hō jāyēgā , ban hī jāyēṅgē , pahuñch hī jāyēṅgē aur albēlāpan hai kar tō rahē haĩ , tō tō … yah tō hōnā hī hai , yah tō karnā hī hai , kahnē aur karnē mē̃ antar hō jātā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur royal ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , royal ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pahuñchnā[root] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] karnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tō tō … yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] now too carelessness and royal laziness , royal laziness be[pres.sg.23] - be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , (x|become[root]) only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , reach[root] only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and carelessness be[pres.sg.23] do[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , then then … this then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this then do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , say[inf.m.pl.,o.] and do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in difference be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
87BapDada saw that, even now, there is carelessness and royal laziness. 88The royal laziness is, "It will happen, I will become that, I will reach there" (language of procrastination) and carelessness is "I am doing it, (language of giving excuses/reasons). 89"This has to happen, this has to be done". 90However, there is a difference in your saying and doing.
75बापदादा एक दृश्य देख करके मुस्कराता रहता है कि क्या कहते ? bāpdādā ēk dr̥iśhya dēkh karkē muskarātā rahtā hai ki kyā kahtē ? bāpdādā ēk[adj.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] muskarānā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? BapDada one x see[root] do[abs.] smile[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] that what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
91BapDada continues to smile on seeing one scene. 92What do you say?
76यह हो जाये ना , यह कर लो ना , तो बहुत अच्छा मैं आगे बढ़ सकता हूँ . yah hō jāyē nā , yah kar lō nā , tō bahut achchhā maĩ āgē baṛh saktā hū̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] nā , tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] . this be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ , this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] ∅ , then very achcha I previously grow[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] .
93At least this should happen! 94Do this first, and I will then be able to move forward very well!
77दूसरे को बदलने की वृत्ति रहती है लेकिन स्व परिवर्तन की वृत्ति कहाँ कहाँ कम हो जाती है . dūsrē kō badalnē kī|key vr̥itti rahtī hai lēkin sva parivartan kī|key vr̥itti kahā̃ kahā̃ kam hō jātī hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahā̃ kahā̃ kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . other to change[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude remain[pres.sg.f.23] but x transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude where where decrease .
95There is the attitude of wanting others to change, but, in some cases, the attitude for self-transformation is a little bit less.
78अभी दूसरे को देखना यह वृत्ति चेन्ज करो . abhī dūsrē kō dēkhnā yah vr̥itti change karō . ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now other to see[inf.m.sg.d.] this attitude change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
96So, now change the attitude of looking at others.
79अगर देखना है तो विशेषता देखो , यह तो होता ही है , यह तो चलता ही है , यह भी तो करते हैं … यह भावना कम करो . agar dēkhnā hai tō viśhēṣhtā dēkhō , yah tō hōtā hī hai , yah tō chaltā hī hai , yah bhī tō kartē haĩ … yah bhāvnā cum|kam karō . agar dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] … yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then speciality see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this then continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this too then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] … this feeling (x|less) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
97If you want to look at others, see their specialities. 98"This happens anyway, this continues anyway, this one also does this...". 99Now reduce this feeling.
80अपने को देखो , बाप को सामने रखो , बाकी तो कोई भी है , चाहे महारथी है , चाहे बीच वाला है , पुरूषार्थ में कोई न कोई कमी को परिवर्तन कर ही रहे हैं . apnē kō dēkhō , bāp kō sāmnē rakhō , bākī tō kōī bhī hai , chāhē mahārathī hai , chāhē bīch vālā hai , purūṣhārth mē̃ kōī na kōī kamī kō parivartan kar hī rahē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bākī|bākī tō kōī bhī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bīch vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . one’s own to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , father to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (but|others) then anyone be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) maharathi be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) centre those who be[pres.sg.23] , effort in one .. or another x to transformation do[root] only remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
100Look at yourself and keep the Father in front of you. 101It doesn't matter who it is, whether someone is a maharathi or in the middle level, in their efforts, they are all transforming one or another weakness.
81इसलिए सी फादर , सी डबल फादर , ब्रह्मा बाप को देखो , शिव बाप को देखो . isliē see|sī|C father , see|sī|C double father , brahmā bāp kō dēkhō , śhiv bāp kō dēkhō . isliē see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C father , see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C double father , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore (see|x) father , (see|x) double father , Brahma father to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Shiva father to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
102Therefore, see Father, see double Father. 103Look at Father Brahma, look at Father Shiva.
82जब बाप ने आपको अपने दिलतख्त पर बिठाया है और आपने भी अपने दिलतख्त पर बाप को बिठाया है , आपका स्लोगन भी है सी फादर . jab bāp nē āpkō apnē diltakhta par biṭhāyā hai aur āpnē bhī apnē diltakhta par bāp kō biṭhāyā hai , āpkā slōgan bhī hai see|sī|C father . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] biṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur āp[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] biṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.kā] slogan bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C father . when father ∅ you[.kō] one’s own heart throne (other|at) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and you[.nē] too one’s own heart throne (other|at) father to x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , you[.kā] slogan too be[pres.sg.23] (see|x) father .
104The Father has seated you on His heart-throne, and you have also made the Father sit on your heart-throne; your slogan is "see Father".
83सी सिस्टर , सी ब्रदर यह स्लोगन है ही नहीं . see|sī|C sister , see|sī|C brother yah slōgan hai hī nahī̃ . see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C sister , see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C brother yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . (see|x) x , (see|x) brother this slogan be[pres.sg.23] only not .
105There is no slogan, "See sister, see brother."
84कुछ न कुछ कमी सबमें अभी रही हुई है लेकिन अगर दूसरे को देखना है तो विशेषता देखो , जो कमी वह निकाल रहे हैं अपने से , उसको नहीं देखो . kuchh na kuchh kamī sabmē̃ abhī rahī huī hai lēkin agar dūsrē kō dēkhnā hai tō viśhēṣhtā dēkhō , jō kamī vah nikāl rahē haĩ apnē sē , uskō nahī̃ dēkhō . kuchh na[neg] kuchh kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sabmē̃ ab[adv.hī] rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin agar dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] , vah[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anything not anything x x now remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but if other to see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then speciality see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that x that x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] one’s own from , that[.kō] not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
106Even now, there is one or another weakness in everyone. 107However, if you want to look at others, see their specialities. 108Do not look at the weaknesses that they are removing from themselves.
85दूसरी बात - तो अपने राज्य में , याद है ना अपना राज्य . dūsrī bāt - tō apnē rājya mē̃ , yād hai nā apnā rājya . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] - tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . other matter - then one’s own kingdom in , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom .
109Secondly - in your kingdom - you do remember your kingdom, do you not?
86कल तो था और कल फिर होने वाला है . kal tō thā aur kal phir hōnē vālā hai . kal tō hōnā[past.m.sg] aur kal phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then be[past.m.sg] and x (then|turn[root]) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
110It was your kingdom yesterday and it will be your kingdom tomorrow.
87आपकी बुद्धि में , नयनों में अपना राज्य स्पष्ट आ गया ना . āpkī buddhi mē̃ , nayanō̃ mē̃ apnā rājya spaṣhṭ ā gayā nā . āp[pn.pl.kī] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . you[.kī] intellect in , eye in (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom clearly come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
111Your kingdom has clearly entered your intellect and is in your eyes, is it not?
88कितने बार राज्य किया है ? kitnē bār rājya kiyā hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] rājya karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? so time x ? 89गिनती किया है ? gintī kiyā hai ? gintī[x]|ginnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? (x|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
112Have you counted how many times you have ruled the kingdom?
90अनेक बार राज्य किया है . anēk bār rājya kiyā hai . anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] rājya karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . many time x .
113You have ruled countless times.
91कहने से ही सामने आ जाता है . kahnē sē hī sāmnē ā jātā hai . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from only x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
114As soon as you speak about it, it comes in front of you.
92अपना राज्य अधिकारी रूप और श्रेष्ठ राज्य , तो जैसे अपने राज्य में लॉ एण्ड आर्डर स्वतः ही चलता है . apnā rājya adhikārī rūp aur śhrēṣhṭh rājya , tō jaisē apnē rājya mē̃ law and order svataḥ hī chaltā hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya adhikārī[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] law and order svataḥ hī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) master Rup and elevated kingdom , then like one’s own kingdom in law and order automatically only continue[pres.sg.m.23] .
115Your form of having a right to the kingdom and your elevated kingdom - it is as though law and order are naturally working in your kingdom.
93सब नॉलेजफुल संस्कार वाले हैं , जानते हैं लॉ क्या है , आर्डर क्या है , ऐसे अभी अपने जीवन में देखो , बाप के आर्डर में चलते हो या कभी माया का भी आर्डर चल जाता है ? sab knowledgeful saṅskār vālē haĩ , jāntē haĩ law kyā hai , order kyā hai , aisē abhī apnē jīvan mē̃ dēkhō , bāp kē|K order mē̃ chaltē hō yā kabhī māyā kā bhī order chal jātā hai ? sab[adj.] knowledgeful saṅskār[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] law kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , order kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K order mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā kabhī[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] order chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? all knowledgeful sanskar those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] law what be[pres.sg.23] , order what be[pres.sg.23] , such now one’s own life in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , father (of|K) order in continue[pres.pl.m.2] or ever Maya of too order continue[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
116All of you have the sanskars of being knowledge-full. 117You know what law is and what order is. 118Similarly, look at your life: Are you working under the Father's orders or do you sometimes work under the orders of Maya?
94कभी परमत , मनमत , श्रीमत के सिवाए चलता तो नहीं ? kabhī parmat , manmat , śhrīmat kē|K sivāē chaltā tō nahī̃ ? kabhī[adv.] parmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , manmat[x] , śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] ? ever dictates of others , dictates of your own mind , shrimat (of|K) except continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then not ?
119Sometimes, you don't follow the dictates of others and the dictates of your own mind instead of following shrimat, do you?
95और लॉ क्या है ? aur law kyā hai ? aur law kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and law what be[pres.sg.23] ?
120And, what is law?
96लॉ है बेफिकर बादशाह , कोई फिकर नहीं क्योंकि सर्व प्राप्तियां हैं . law hai bēphikar bādśhāh , kōī phikar nahī̃ kyōṅki sarv prāptiyā̃ haĩ . law hōnā[pres.sg.23] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . law be[pres.sg.23] carefree emperor , some worry not because all attainment be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
121Law is to be a carefree emperor. 122There is no worry because you have all attainments.
97ऐसे ही चेक करो संगम के श्रेष्ठ जन्म में भी सर्व प्राप्तियां हैं जो बाप ने दी है , यह भगवान का जैसे प्रसाद होता है ना , तो प्रसाद का कितना महत्व रखते हैं . aisē hī check karō saṅgam kē|K śhrēṣhṭh janm mē̃ bhī sarv prāptiyā̃ haĩ jō bāp nē dī hai , yah bhagvān kā jaisē prasād hōtā hai nā , tō prasād kā kitnā mahatva rakhtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , tō prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such only check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] confluence (of|K) elevated (life|be born[root]) in too all attainment be[pres.pl.12hon3] that father ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this God of like prasad be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , then prasad of so importance keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
123Similarly, also check in your elevated life of the confluence age whether you have all the attainments that the Father has given you. 124They are like prasad (holy pure food offered to God) from God and there is so much importance of prasad.
98तो बाप की जो भी प्राप्तियां हैं , वह प्रभु प्रसाद प्राप्त है , प्रभु प्रसाद का महत्व है ! tō bāp kī|key jō bhī prāptiyā̃ haĩ , vah prabhu prasād prāpt hai , prabhu prasād kā mahatva hai ! tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] prabhu prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , prabhu prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that too attainment be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that God prasad reached be[pres.sg.23] , God prasad of importance be[pres.sg.23] !
125So, you have attained as Prabhu-prasad all the attainments from the Father. 126There is importance of Prabhu-prasad.
99वर्सा भी है , अधिकार भी है और प्रसाद भी है . varsā bhī hai , adhikār bhī hai aur prasād bhī hai . varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , adhikār[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . inheritance too be[pres.sg.23] , right too be[pres.sg.23] and prasad too be[pres.sg.23] .
127It is an inheritance, it is a right and it is also prasad.
100तो चेक करो - लॉ और आर्डर दोनों में सम्पन्न हैं ? tō check karō - law aur order dōnō̃ mē̃ sampann haĩ ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - law aur order dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - law and order x in full be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
128So, check: Am I full of law and order?
101बापदादा देख रहे थे कि एक बात की मैजारिटी को समय पर जो शक्ति मिली है परिवर्तन करने की , वह परिवर्तन शक्ति समय पर कार्य में लगायें तो कोई मेहनत नहीं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē ki ēk bāt kī|key majority kō samay par jō śhakti milī hai parivartan karnē kī|key , vah parivartan śhakti samay par kārya mē̃ lagāyē̃ tō kōī mēhnat nahī̃ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key majority kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , vah[pn.sg.d.] parivartan śhakti[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kōī[pn.;d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that one matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) majority to time (other|at) that Shakti receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , that x time (other|at) task in attach[opt.pl.12hon3] then some effort not .
129BapDada was seeing that the majority of you have received the power of transformation and if that power is used at the right time, there is no effort.
102देखो , सभी को अनुभव है कि अगर कभी भी , किसी भी प्रकार की हार होती है , माया से तो सभी भाषण में कहते हो , क्लास भी कराते हो तो यही कहते हो कि दो शब्द गिराने वाले भी हैं , चढ़ाने वाले भी हैं , वह दो शब्द जानते हैं , सबके मन में आ गया है . dēkhō , sabhī kō anubhav hai ki agar kabhī bhī , kisī bhī prakār kī|key hār hōtī hai , māyā sē tō sabhī bhāṣhaṇ mē̃ kahtē hō , class bhī karātē hō tō yahī kahtē hō ki dō śhabda girānē vālē bhī haĩ , chaṛhānē vālē bhī haĩ , vah dō śhabda jāntē haĩ , sabkē man mē̃ ā gayā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] agar kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , class bhī[p.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] girānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chaṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all to experience be[pres.sg.23] that if ever too , (anything|some) too form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[root]|x) be[pres.sg.f.23] , Maya from then all lecture in say[pres.pl.m.2] , class too make commit[pres.pl.m.2] then this say[pres.pl.m.2] that (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , everyone's mind in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
130Look, all of you have experienced that if any of you are ever defeated by Maya in any way - all of you say in your lectures and you also conduct classes saying that these two words can make you fall and that they can also make you ascend, and you know those two words - they have entered everyone's mind.
103वह दो शब्द है मैं , मेरा . vah dō śhabda hai maĩ , mērā . vah[pn.sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] . that (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word be[pres.sg.23] I , I[.kā] .
131Those two words are "I" and "mine".
104भाषण में कहते हो ना , क्लास भी कराते हो ना . bhāṣhaṇ mē̃ kahtē hō nā , class bhī karātē hō nā . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , class bhī[p.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . lecture in say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , class too make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
132You say this in your lectures and you also conduct classes.
105बापदादा क्लास भी सुनते हैं , क्या कहते हैं ? bāpdādā class bhī suntē haĩ , kyā kahtē haĩ ? bāpdādā class bhī[p.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? BapDada class too listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
133BapDada hears those classes; what do you say?
106अभी इन दो शब्दों को परिवर्तन शक्ति द्वारा जब भी मैं शब्द बोलो तो मैं फलानी या फलाना , या ब्राह्मण हूँ लेकिन मैं कौन ? abhī in dō śhabdō̃ kō parivartan śhakti dvārā jab bhī maĩ śhabda bōlō tō maĩ phalānī yā phalānā , yā brāhmaṇ hū̃ lēkin maĩ kaun ? ab[adv.hī] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan śhakti[x] dvārā jab bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yā phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yā brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? now (in|this) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word to x through when too I word speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then I x or x , or Brahmin be[pres.sg.1] but I who ?
134Now, with the power of transformation, whenever you use these two words, when you say, "I, So-and-so" or "I am a Brahmin", but who am I?
107जो बापदादा ने स्वमान दिये हैं , जब भी मैं शब्द बोलो तो कोई न कोई स्वमान साथ में बोलो , यानी बुद्धि में लाओ . jō bāpdādā nē svamān diyē haĩ , jab bhī maĩ śhabda bōlō tō kōī na kōī svamān sāth mē̃ bōlō , yānī buddhi mē̃ lāō . jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] svamān[x] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , jab bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kōī na kōī[x] svamān[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yānī buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that BapDada ∅ self-respect give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , when too I word speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then one .. or another self-respect with in speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x intellect in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
135BapDada has given you many titles of self-respect. 136Whenever you use the word "I", also say one or another title of self-respect with it, that is, bring that in your intellect.
108मैं शब्द बोला और स्वमान याद आ जाये . maĩ śhabda bōlā aur svamān yād ā jāyē . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur svamān[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . I word speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] and self-respect remembrance come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
137As soon as you say the word "I", you also remember your self-respect.
109मेरा शब्द बोला बाबा याद आ जाये . mērā śhabda bōlā bābā yād ā jāyē . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bābā yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . I[.kā] word speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] Baba remembrance come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 110मेरा बाबा . mērā bābā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . I[.kā] Baba .
138When you say, "mine", you remember Baba: "My Baba".
111यह नैचुरल स्मृति हो जाए , यह परिवर्तन कर लो बस . yah natural smr̥iti hō jāē , yah parivartan kar lō bas . yah[pn.sg.d.] natural smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] bas|basnā[root] . this natural awareness be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , this transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] (simply|x[root]) .
139This should become your natural awareness. 140Simply bring about this transformation.
112और दूसरी बात बहुत करके जब सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में आते हो तो दो शब्द द्वारा माया आती है , एक भाव और दूसरी भावना . aur dūsrī bāt bahut karkē jab sambandh samparka mē̃ ātē hō tō dō śhabda dvārā māyā ātī hai , ēk bhāv aur dūsrī bhāvnā . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[abs.] jab sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , ēk[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] . and other matter very do[abs.] when relationship x in come[pres.pl.m.2] then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word through Maya come[pres.sg.f.23] , one consciousness and other feeling .
141And secondly, generally when you come into relationship and connection with others, Maya comes through two words; one is intention (bhav) and the other is feeling (bhavna - pure feelings/good wishes).
113तो जब भी भाव शब्द बोलते हो सोचते हो तो आत्मिक भाव , भाव शब्द बोलते ही आत्मिक भाव पहले याद आवे और भावना तो शुभ भावना याद आये . tō jab bhī bhāv śhabda bōltē hō sōchtē hō tō ātmik bhāv , bhāv śhabda bōltē hī ātmik bhāv pahlē yād āvē aur bhāvnā tō śhubh bhāvnā yād āyē . tō jab bhī[p.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] tō śhubh bhāvnā[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . then when too consciousness word speak[pres.pl.m.2] think[pres.pl.m.2] then soul-conscious consciousness , consciousness word speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only soul-conscious consciousness (firstly|x) remembrance come[opt.sg.23] and feeling then pure feeling remembrance (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
142Whenever you speak the word or think of "bhav", then remember the spiritual intention. 143As soon as you say the word "bhav", you should remember the spiritual intention and when you say "bhavna", remember pure feelings.
114शब्द का अर्थ परिवर्तन कर लो . śhabda kā arth|earth parivartan kar lō . śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . word of (meaning|earth) transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
144Transform the meaning of the words.
115आपका टाइटिल क्या है ? āpkā title kyā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kā] title kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kā] title what be[pres.sg.23] ?
145What is your title?
116विश्व परिवर्तक . viśhva parivartak . viśhva parivartak[x] . world transformer .
146World transformers.
117विश्व परिवर्तक क्या यह शब्द परिवर्तन नहीं कर सकते ? viśhva parivartak kyā yah śhabda parivartan nahī̃ kar saktē ? viśhva parivartak[x] kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? world transformer what this word transformation not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
147Can world transformers not transform these words?
118तो समय पर परिवर्तन शक्ति को यूज़ करके देखो . tō samay par parivartan śhakti kō use karkē dēkhō . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] parivartan śhakti[x] kō[postp.] use karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then time (other|at) x to use do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
148So, try this and see using the power of transformation at the right time.
119पीछे आता है , जब बीत जाता है और मन को अच्छा नहीं लगता है , खुद ही अपना मन सोचता है लेकिन समय तो बीत चुका ना . pīchhē ātā hai , jab bīt jātā hai aur man kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai , khud hī apnā man sōchtā hai lēkin samay tō bīt chukā nā . pīchhē ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , jab bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , khud hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bītnā[root] chuknā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chukānā[root] nā . x come[pres.sg.m.23] , when pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and mind to achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] , oneself only (one’s own|adopt[root]) mind think[pres.sg.m.23] but time then pass[root] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) ∅ .
149It comes afterwards, when the situation has passed and your mind doesn't like it, and your mind begins to think about it; however, the time has passed by then, has it not?
120इसलिए अब तीव्रगति की आवश्यकता है , कभी कभी नहीं . isliē ab tīvragati kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai , kabhī kabhī nahī̃ . isliē ab[adv.] tīvragati[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . therefore now fast speed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] , ever ever not .
150This is why there is now a need for a fast speed, not just sometimes.
121ऐसे नहीं सोचो बहुत समय तो ठीक रहता हूँ लेकिन बापदादा ने सुना दिया है कि अन्तिम घड़ी का कोई भरोसा नहीं . aisē nahī̃ sōchō bahut samay tō ṭhīk rahtā hū̃ lēkin bāpdādā nē sunā diyā hai ki antim ghaṛī kā kōī bharōsā nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.1] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] antim[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very time then OK remain[pres.sg.m.1] but BapDada ∅ (listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) that final moment of some guarantee not .
151Do not think that you remain fine for most of the time, for BapDada has already told you that there is no guarantee of the final moments.
122अचानक के खेल होने हैं . achānak kē|K khēl hōnē haĩ . achānak kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . suddenly (of|K) (play|play[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .
152There is to be the game of "suddenly".
123कई बच्चे बाप को भी बहुत मीठी-मीठी बातें सुनाते हैं , कहते हैं समय थोड़ा और अति में जायेगा ना , तो वैराग्य तो होगा , तो वैराग्य के समय आपेही रफ्तार तेज हो जायेगी . kaī bachchē bāp kō bhī bahut mīṭhī-mīṭhī bātē̃ sunātē haĩ , kahtē haĩ samay thōṛā aur ati mē̃ jāyēgā nā , tō vairāgya tō hōgā , tō vairāgya kē|K samay āpēhī raphtār tēj hō jāyēgī . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur ati mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā , tō vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āpēhī raphtār[n.f.;sg.] tēj[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . some child father to too very sweet matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] time short and x in go[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ , then disinterest then be[fut.m.sg.23] , then disinterest (of|K) time automatically speed fast be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
153Some children even tell the Father very sweet things. 154They say: When the time goes into the extreme a little more, there will then be disinterest anyway, and so at the time of disinterest, my speed will become fast by itself.
124लेकिन बापदादा ने कह दिया है कि बहुत समय का पुरूषार्थ चाहिए . lēkin bāpdādā nē kah diyā hai ki bahut samay kā purūṣhārth chāhiē . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . but BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that very time of effort (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
155However, BapDada has said that you need to make effort over a long period.
125अगर थोड़े समय का पुरूषार्थ होगा तो प्रालब्ध भी थोड़े समय की मिलेगी , फुल 21 जन्म की प्रालब्ध नहीं बनेगी . agar thōṛē samay kā purūṣhārth hōgā tō prālabdh bhī thōṛē samay kī|key milēgī , full 21 janm kī|key prālabdh nahī̃ banēgī . agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key milnā[fut.f.sg.23] , full 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.f.sg.23] . if short time of effort be[fut.m.sg.23] then reward too short time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) receive[fut.f.sg.23] , full 21 (life|be born[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward not become[fut.f.sg.23] .
156If the effort is over a short time, then the reward you receive will also be for a short time; you will not create the reward for the full 21 births.
126तीन शब्द बापदादा के सदा याद रखो - एक अचानक , दूसरा एवररेडी और तीसरा बहुतकाल . tīn śhabda bāpdādā kē|K sadā yād rakhō - ēk achānak , dūsrā ever ready aur tīsrā bahutkāl . tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ēk[adj.] achānak , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ever ready aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahutkāl . x word BapDada (of|K) constantly remember - one suddenly , other ever-ready and third a long period of time .
157Always remember three words of BapDada: Suddenly, ever-ready and long period.
127यह तीनों शब्द सदा बुद्धि में रखो . yah tīnō̃ śhabda sadā buddhi mē̃ rakhō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this all three word constantly intellect in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
158Keep all these three words in your intellect all the time.
128कब और कहाँ भी किसकी भी अन्तिम काल हो सकता है . kab aur kahā̃ bhī kiskī bhī antim kāl hō saktā hai . kab aur kahā̃ bhī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] antim[adj.] kal hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . when and where too who[.kī] too final x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
159Anyone's final moment can be anywhere at any time.
129अभी अभी देखो कितने ब्राह्मण जा रहे हैं , उन्हों को पता था क्या , इसीलिए बहुतकाल के पुरूषार्थ से फुल 21 जन्म का वर्सा प्राप्त करना ही है , यह तीव्र पुरूषार्थ स्मृति में रखो . abhī abhī dēkhō kitnē brāhmaṇ jā rahē haĩ , unhō̃ kō patā thā kyā , isīliē bahutkāl kē|K purūṣhārth sē full 21 janm kā varsā prāpt karnā hī hai , yah tīvr purūṣhārth smr̥iti mē̃ rakhō . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] kyā , isīliē bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth sē[postp.] full 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] prāpt karnā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so Brahmin go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that to knowledge be[past.m.sg] what , x a long period of time (of|K) effort from full 21 (life|be born[root]) of inheritance reach only be[pres.sg.23] , this intense effort awareness in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
160Even now, see how many Brahmins are departing; did they know? 161This is why you definitely have to claim the inheritance of the full 21 births by making effort over a long period of time. 162Keep this intense effort in your awareness.
130फर्स्ट नम्बर , फर्स्ट जन्म , अपने राज्य का . first number , first janm , apnē rājya kā . first[adj.] number , first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . first number , first (life|be born[root]) , one’s own kingdom of .
163First number and first birth in your own kingdom.
131क्या सोचा है ? kyā sōchā hai ? kyā sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? what think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
164What have you thought?
132फर्स्ट जन्म में आना है ना . first janm mē̃ ānā hai nā . first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . first (life|be born[root]) in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
165You want to come in the first birth, do you not?
133मजा किसमें होगा ? majā kismē̃ hōgā ? mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? pleasure who[.mē̃] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
166In what would there be pleasure?
134फर्स्ट जन्म में या कोई में भी ? first janm mē̃ yā kōī mē̃ bhī ? first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] yā kōī[pn.;d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ? first (life|be born[root]) in or some in too ?
167In the first birth or in any birth?
135जो समझता है कि अपने राज्य के फर्स्ट जन्म में श्रीकृष्ण के साथ-साथ हमारा भी पार्ट हो , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtā hai ki apnē rājya kē|K first janm mē̃ śhrīkr̥iṣhṇa kē|K sāth-sāth hamārā bhī part hō , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] śhrīkr̥iṣhṇa[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth ham[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.sg.m.23] that one’s own kingdom (of|K) first (life|be born[root]) in Shri Krishna (of|K) x we[.kā] too part (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that raise your hands .
168Those who feel that they should also have a part with Shri Krishna in the first birth in their kingdom, raise your hands!
136अच्छा पार्ट फर्स्ट में ? achchhā part first mē̃ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] first[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ? achcha part first in ?
169Achcha. 170A part in the first birth?
137हाथ देख करके तो खुश हो गये . hāth dēkh karkē tō khuśh hō gayē . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] tō khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . hand see[root] do[abs.] then happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
171Seeing all the hands, Baba is pleased.
138ताली बजाओ . tālī bajāō . tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
172You may clap.
139लेकिन फर्स्ट जन्म में आओ उसकी मुबारक है . lēkin first janm mē̃ āō uskī mubārak hai . lēkin first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but first (life|be born[root]) in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
173Congratulations are for coming in the first birth.
140लेकिन कहें क्या … नहीं कहें , आना ही है फर्स्ट , फिर दूसरी बात क्यों कहें . lēkin kahē̃ kyā … nahī̃ kahē̃ , ānā hī hai first , phir dūsrī bāt kyō̃ kahē̃ . lēkin kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyā … nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] first[adj.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . but say[opt.pl.12hon3] what … not say[opt.pl.12hon3] , (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] first , (then|turn[root]) other matter why say[opt.pl.12hon3] .
174However..., should Baba tell you? 175He should not, should He? 176You have to come first, and so why should Baba tell you other things?
141अच्छा है , जितने भी आये हैं फर्स्ट जन्म में आना ही है . achchhā hai , jitnē bhī āyē haĩ first janm mē̃ ānā hī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , the more too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] first (life|be born[root]) in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
177It is good. 178All those who have come, you have to come in the first birth.
142ताली तो बजा दी , फर्स्ट जन्म और फर्स्ट स्टेज भी . tālī tō bajā dī , first janm aur first stage bhī . tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bajnā[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā]|bajānā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] , first[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] aur first[adj.] stage bhī[p.] . clapping then (x[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā]|play[past-part.f..root+dēnā]) , first (life|be born[root]) and first stage too .
179You have applauded for the first birth and the first stage.
143तो फर्स्ट स्टेज बनानी ही है , यह जिसका दृढ़ संकल्प है , फास्ट जाना ही है , चाहे कुछ भी विघ्न हो लेकिन विघ्न , विघ्न नहीं रहे , विघ्न विनाशक के आगे विजय का रूप बदल जाये क्योंकि आप सभी विघ्न विनाशक हो . tō first stage banānī hī hai , yah jiskā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp hai , fast jānā hī hai , chāhē kuchh bhī vighna hō lēkin vighna , vighna nahī̃ rahē , vighna vināśhak kē āgē vijay kā rūp badal jāyē kyōṅki āp sabhī vighna vināśhak hō . tō first[adj.] stage banānā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kā] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , fast jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh bhī[x] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , vighna vināśhak[x] kē āgē[x] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] vighna vināśhak[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then first stage create[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this that[.kā] determined thought be[pres.sg.23] , fast (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anything obstacle (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but obstacle , obstacle not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , destroyer of obstacles in front of victory of Rup change[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] because you all destroyer of obstacles (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 144टाइटिल क्या है ? title kyā hai ? title kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? title what be[pres.sg.23] ?
180So, you definitely have to create the first stage. 181Those of you who have the determined thought that you have to go fast, no matter what obstacles there may be, for the obstacles should not remain obstacles, they should change their form of victory in front of the destroyers of obstacles because all of you are destroyers of obstacles; what is your title?
145विघ्न विनाशक . vighna vināśhak . vighna vināśhak[x] . destroyer of obstacles .
182Destroyers of obstacles.
146तो आवे भी , खेल खेलने आयेगा लेकिन आप दूर से ही जान जाओ , रॉयल रूप में आयेगा लेकिन आप विघ्न विनाशक दूर से ही जान जायेंगे कि यह क्या खेल हो रहा है , इसलिए बापदादा भी यही चाहते हैं कि सब बच्चे साथ चलें . tō āvē bhī , khēl khēlnē āyēgā lēkin āp dūr sē hī jān jāō , royal rūp mē̃ āyēgā lēkin āp vighna vināśhak dūr sē hī jān jāyēṅgē ki yah kyā khēl hō rahā hai , isliē bāpdādā bhī yahī chāhtē haĩ ki sab bachchē sāth chalē̃ . tō ānā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] , khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] khēlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] jānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] vighna vināśhak[x] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] jānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , isliē bāpdādā bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then come[opt.sg.23] too , (play|play[root]) play[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[fut.m.sg.23] but you distant from only know[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , royal Rup in come[fut.m.sg.23] but you destroyer of obstacles distant from only know[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] that this what (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , therefore BapDada too this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all child with continue[opt.pl.12hon3] .
183So, even if they do come, they will come to play games, but you should recognise them from a distance; they will come in a royal form, but you destroyers of obstacles will know from a distance what games they are playing. 184This is why BapDada also wants all the children to return together.
147पीछे नहीं रहे . pīchhē nahī̃ rahē . pīchhē nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
185No one should remain behind.
148बापदादा को बच्चों के बिना मजा नहीं आता है . bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kē|K binā majā nahī̃ ātā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to child (of|K) without pleasure not come[pres.sg.m.23] .
186BapDada doesn't enjoy Himself without the children.
149तो दृढ़ता को कभी भी कमज़ोर नहीं करना . tō dr̥iṛhtā kō kabhī bhī kamzōr nahī̃ karnā . tō dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kamjōr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then determination to ever too weak not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
187So, never allow your determination to become weak.
150करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
188You have to do this.
151गे गे नहीं करना , करेंगे देखेंगे , हो जायेगा … देख लेना , यह बातें नहीं करना . gē gē nahī̃ karnā , karē̃gē dēkhē̃gē , hō jāyēgā … dēkh lēnā , yah bātē̃ nahī̃ karnā . gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … dēkhnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some time some time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … see[root] take[inf.m.sg.d.] , this matter not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
189Do not use the language of "ge, ge" (I will do it some time), "I will do it, I will see about it, it will happen, just wait and see". 190Do not say these things.
152दृढ़ता सफलता की चाबी है , इस चाबी को कभी भी गंवाना नहीं . dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā kī|key chābī hai , is chābī kō kabhī bhī ganvānā nahī̃ . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . determination success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key be[pres.sg.23] , this key to ever too lose[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
191Determination is the key to success. 192Never lose this key.
153माया भी चतुर है ना , वह चाबी को ढूंढ लेती है , इसलिए इस चाबी को अच्छी तरह से सम्भालके रखो . māyā bhī chatur hai nā , vah chābī kō ḍhūṇḍh lētī hai , isliē is chābī kō achchhī tarah sē sambhālkē rakhō . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] , isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sambhālnā[abs.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Maya too x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that key to discover[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] , therefore this key to achcha x from be careful[abs.] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
193Maya is also clever, is she not? 194She finds the key and you must therefore look after this key very well.
154तो अभी चेक करना - अपने राज्य के संस्कार अभी से धारण करने ही हैं . tō abhī check karnā - apnē rājya kē|K saṅskār abhī sē dhāraṇ karnē hī haĩ . tō ab[adv.hī] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then now check do[inf.m.sg.d.] - one’s own kingdom (of|K) sanskar now from adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
195So, now, check: You have to imbibe the sanskars for your kingdom from now.
155गे गे नहीं करना , एक गे गे , दूसरा तो तो कहते हो … यह शब्द ब्राह्मण डिक्शनरी से निकाल दो . gē gē nahī̃ karnā , ēk gē gē , dūsrā tō tō kahtē hō … yah śhabda brāhmaṇ dictionary sē nikāl dō . gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] gē gē , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] … yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dictionary sē[postp.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . some time some time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , one some time some time , other then then say[pres.pl.m.2] … this word Brahmin x from x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
196Do not say, "I will do it...." 197One is "ge, ge" and the other is "toh, toh", (giving reasons and excuses). 198Remove these words from the Brahmin dictionary.
156चलो , कोई की भी कोई कमज़ोरी देखते भी हो , पुरूषार्थी तो सब हैं , नहीं तो ब्राह्मण जीवन से चले जाते , पुरूषार्थी हैं तब तो ब्राह्मण जीवन में चल रहे हैं ना , मानो कई ऐसे कहते हैं मैं तो बिल्कुल ठीक हूँ लेकिन दूसरे करते हैं ना तो वह सामने विघ्न बन जाता है . chalō , kōī kī|key bhī kōī kamzōrī dēkhtē bhī hō , purūṣhārthī tō sab haĩ , nahī̃ tō brāhmaṇ jīvan sē chalē jātē , purūṣhārthī haĩ tab tō brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ chal rahē haĩ nā , mānō kaī aisē kahtē haĩ maĩ tō bilkul ṭhīk hū̃ lēkin dūsrē kartē haĩ nā tō vah sāmnē vighna ban jātā hai . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , purūṣhārthī[x] tō sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nahī̃ tō[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tab tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā , mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō bilkul[adv.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō vah[pn.sg.d.] sāmnē vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , some (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too some weakness see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , effort-maker then all be[pres.pl.12hon3] , otherwise Brahmin life from (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] for only then then Brahmin life in continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] some such say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I then at all OK be[pres.sg.1] but other do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then that x obstacle become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
199OK, even if you do see someone's weaknesses, all are effort-makers, otherwise, they would leave Brahmin life. 200It is because they are effort-makers that they are moving along in Brahmin life, is it not? 201For instance, some say that they are perfectly fine, but, because others do something, that becomes an obstacle in front of them.
157यह नहीं करे ना , यह बदले ना , लेकिन बाप ने पहले से ही स्लोगन दिया है , हमको बदलके उनको बदलाना है . yah nahī̃ karē nā , yah badalē|badlē nā , lēkin bāp nē pahlē sē hī slōgan diyā hai , hamkō badalkē unkō badlānā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[opt.sg.23]|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badlē nā , lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] slogan dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ham[pn.pl.kō] badalnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.kō] badlānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this not do[opt.sg.23] ∅ , this (change[opt.sg.23]|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) ∅ , but father ∅ beforehand only slogan give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , we[.kō] change[abs.] that[.kō] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
202If that one were not to do that, or if that one changed... 203However, the Father has given you a slogan in advance: I have to change myself and then change others.
158मुझे बदलना है . mujhē badalnā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kō] badalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . I[.kō] change[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
204I have to change.
159वह बदले तो मैं बदलूं , नहीं . vah badalē|badlē tō maĩ badalū̃ , nahī̃ . vah[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[opt.sg.23]|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badlē tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[opt.sg.1] , nahī̃[neg] . that (change[opt.sg.23]|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) then I change[opt.sg.1] , not .
205Not that I will change when the other one changes; no.
160सुनाया भाव और भावना को चेंज करो . sunāyā bhāv aur bhāvnā kō change karō . sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] consciousness and feeling to change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
206You were told: Change your "bhav" and "bhavna".
161भाव आत्मा का , और भावना , शुभ भावना . bhāv ātmā kā , aur bhāvnā , śhubh bhāvnā . bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] . consciousness soul of , and feeling , pure feeling .
207The intention of the soul and feelings, pure feelings.
162आप करके देखो , थक नहीं जाओ . āp karkē dēkhō , thak nahī̃ jāō . āp[pn.pl.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , thaknā, phathaknā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , become desperate[root] not go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 163शुभ भावना बहुत रखके देखी , बदलता नहीं है , बदलना ही नहीं है . śhubh bhāvnā bahut rakhkē dēkhī , badaltā nahī̃ hai , badalnā hī nahī̃ hai . śhubh bhāvnā[x] bahut rakhnā[abs.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] , badalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . pure feeling very keep[abs.] see[past-part.f.] , change[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , change[inf.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] .
208Just try it and see; do not become tired, thinking "I have tried having so many good wishes, but he doesn't change! 209He is never going to change!"
164आप ब्राह्मणों के मुख से यह श्ब्द बोलना , बदलना नहीं है तो क्या यह वरदान हुआ . āp brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K mukh sē yah śbda bōlnā , badalnā nahī̃ hai tō kyā yah vardān huā . āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] x bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you Brahmin (of|K) mouth from this x speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , change[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] then what this blessing be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
210For the words, "That one is never going to change", to emerge from the lips of you Brahmins, is that a blessing?
165ब्राह्मण क्या वरदान देते हैं . brāhmaṇ kyā vardān dētē haĩ . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Brahmin what blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
211What blessings do Brahmins give?
166जो सहारा दे सको , सहारा दो शुभ भावना का , नहीं तो किनारा करो . jō sahārā dē sakō , sahārā dō śhubh bhāvnā kā , nahī̃ tō kinārā karō . jō[pn.;d.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , nahī̃ tō[x] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that support give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , support (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) pure feeling of , otherwise x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
212Whatever support you are able to give, give the support of good wishes. 213Otherwise, step away!
167दिल में नहीं रखो . dil mē̃ nahī̃ rakhō . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . heart in not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
214Do not keep it in your heart.
168शुभ भावना की दुआ दो , और शब्द नहीं दो . śhubh bhāvnā kī|key duā dō , aur śhabda nahī̃ dō . śhubh bhāvnā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aur śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . pure feeling (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , and word not (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
215Give them blessings of pure feelings. 216Do not say any other words.
169एक यह करते हैं , दूसरा , दूसरा शब्द बतायें क्या कहते हैं ? ēk yah kartē haĩ , dūsrā , dūsrā śhabda batāyē̃ kyā kahtē haĩ ? ēk[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? one this do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , other , other word tell[opt.pl.12hon3] what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
217This is one thing that you do, and the other.., should Baba tell you?
170क्योंकि आज बापदादा ने अच्छी तरह से चेंकिग की , दूसरा क्या करते हैं ? kyōṅki āj bāpdādā nē achchhī tarah sē checking kī|key , dūsrā kyā kartē haĩ ? kyōṅki āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] checking karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? because today BapDada ∅ achcha x from x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , other what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
218Today, BapDada checked very well. 219What is the other thing you do?
171यह तो चलता ही है , यह भी तो करता है ना , तो मैंने किया तो क्या हुआ . yah tō chaltā hī hai , yah bhī tō kartā hai nā , tō mainnē kiyā tō kyā huā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō karnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , tō maĩ[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this then continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this too then do[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , then I[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
220"This happens all the time, this one is also doing that, and so what does it matter if I do the same?"
172वह कुएं में गिर रहा है और आप भी गिरके देख रहे हो क्या यह समझदारी है ! vah kuē̃ mē̃ gir rahā hai aur āp bhī girakē dēkh rahē hō kyā yah samajhdārī hai ! vah[pn.sg.d.] kūā̃[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] girnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] x dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! that well in fall down[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and you too x see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] what this x be[pres.sg.23] !
221Is it being sensible when someone is falling into a well that you also try and do the same?
173अभी एक बात 18 जनवरी तक बापदादा पुरूषार्थ के लिए होमवर्क दे रहा है - करेंगे ? abhī ēk bāt 18 January tak bāpdādā purūṣhārth kē liē homework dē rahā hai - karē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] 18 January tak bāpdādā puruṣhārth kē liē[x] home work dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] - karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now one matter 18 January until BapDada effort for homework give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] - do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
222BapDada is giving you one thing as homework for your efforts till 18th January. 223Will you do it?
174करेंगे , हाथ उठाओ . karē̃gē , hāth uṭhāō . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , raise your hands .
224Will you do it? 225Then, raise your hands!
175कुछ भी हो जाए , बदलना पड़े , समाना पड़े , किनारा करना पड़े , लेकिन बदलेंगे . kuchh bhī hō jāē , badalnā paṛē , samānā paṛē , kinārā karnā paṛē , lēkin badalē̃gē . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , badalnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , samānā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , lēkin badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , change[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , merge[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , x do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , but change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
226No matter what happens, even if I have to change, accommodate or step away, I will change.
176हाथ उठाया . hāth uṭhāyā . hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . raise your hands .
227Did you raise your hands?
177पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
228Sure?
178कि कहेंगे मैंने बहुत कोशिश की , नहीं हुआ , यह जवाब नहीं देना क्योंकि अभी अचानक के खेल बहुत होने हैं . ki kahē̃gē mainnē bahut kōśhiśh kī|key , nahī̃ huā , yah javāb nahī̃ dēnā kyōṅki abhī achānak kē|K khēl bahut hōnē haĩ . ki[conj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.nē] bahut kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . that say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] I[.nē] very try (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this x not give[inf.m.sg.d.] because now suddenly (of|K) (play|play[root]) very be[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . 179और बापदादा चाहता है एक बच्चा भी पीछे नहीं रह जाए , साथ चले . aur bāpdādā chāhtā hai ēk bachchā bhī pīchhē nahī̃ rah jāē , sāth chalē . aur bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] pīchhē nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] . and BapDada x[pres.sg.m.23] one child too x not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , with (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) .
229Or, will you say that you tried a great deal, but it didn't happen. 230Do not give this reply because there are now going to be many games of "suddenly", and BapDada doesn't want a single child to be left behind. 231They should go with Him.
180इसलिए एक तो अगर कोई नहीं बदलता है , शुभ भावना रखी और कोई नहीं बदलता है तो आप अपने को बदलो , उसने यह कहा , उसने यह किया इसीलिए मुझे भी करना पड़ा , यह नहीं . isliē ēk tō agar kōī nahī̃ badaltā hai , śhubh bhāvnā rakhī aur kōī nahī̃ badaltā hai tō āp apnē kō badalō , usnē yah kahā , usnē yah kiyā isīliē mujhē bhī karnā paṛā , yah nahī̃ . isliē ēk[adj.] tō agar kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] aur kōī[x] nahī̃[neg] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.nē] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.nē] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isīliē maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . therefore one then if some not change[pres.sg.m.23] , pure feeling keep[past-part.f.] someone else not change[pres.sg.m.23] then you one’s own to change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.nē] this say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.nē] this do[past-part.m.sg.d.] x I[.kō] too do[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , this not .
232Firstly, if someone is not changing, if you have had good wishes and they are not changing, then you change yourself! 233Do not say, "I had to do this because that one said this or did this."
181करते सिखाने के भाव से हो , लेकिन देखते कमी को हो . kartē sikhānē kē|K bhāv sē hō , lēkin dēkhtē kamī kō hō . karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) consciousness from (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x to (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
234You do that with the intention of teaching someone, but, in fact, you are seeing weaknesses.
182इसीलिए भाव और भावना आत्मिक भाव , शुभ भावना . isīliē bhāv aur bhāvnā ātmik bhāv , śhubh bhāvnā . isīliē bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] . x consciousness and feeling soul-conscious consciousness , pure feeling .
235Therefore, bhav and bhavna - spiritual intention and good wishes.
183और यह शब्द यह तो होता ही रहता है , यह तो करते ही हैं ना , चल ही रहा है ना तो मैंने किया तो क्या हुआ … तो क्या बाप जब चलेंगे तो आप कहेंगे यह भी रह रहे हैं ना , मैं भी रह जाता हूँ , इसमें क्या है . aur yah śhabda yah tō hōtā hī rahtā hai , yah tō kartē hī haĩ nā , chal hī rahā hai nā tō mainnē kiyā tō kyā huā … tō kyā bāp jab chalē̃gē tō āp kahē̃gē yah bhī rah rahē haĩ nā , maĩ bhī rah jātā hū̃ , ismē̃ kyā hai . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , chalnā[root] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā tō maĩ[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] … tō kyā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.1.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and this word this then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only remain[pres.sg.m.23] , this then do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , continue[root] only remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ then I[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] … then what father when continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] this too remain[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ , I too remain[pres.sg.m.1.root+jānā] , this[.mē̃] what be[pres.sg.23] .
236You say the words "This happens all the time, that one continues to do this, I am moving along, am I not, and so what does it matter if I do the same"? 237So, when the Father returns home, will you say, "That one is staying behind, so let me also stay behind? 238What does it matter"?
184तो सी फादर , और भाव और भावना दोनों का परिवर्तन . tō see|sī|C father , aur bhāv aur bhāvnā dōnō̃ kā parivartan . tō see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C father , aur bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then (see|x) father , and consciousness and feeling x of transformation .
239So, see the Father. 240And the transformation of 'bhav' and 'bhavna'.
185जब 5 तत्वों के प्रति आप शुभ भावना रखते हो और ब्राह्मण परिवार के प्रति शुभ भावना नहीं रख सकते , यह तो होता ही है , यह तो चलता ही है , यह शब्द समाप्त करो . jab 5 tatvō̃ kē prati āp śhubh bhāvnā rakhtē hō aur brāhmaṇ parivār kē prati śhubh bhāvnā nahī̃ rakh saktē , yah tō hōtā hī hai , yah tō chaltā hī hai , yah śhabda samāpt karō . jab 5 tatva[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] āp[pn.pl.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē prati[x] śhubh bhāvnā[x] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when 5 element for you pure feeling keep[pres.pl.m.2] and Brahmin family for pure feeling not keep[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , this then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this then continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this word x .
241When you have good wishes for the five elements, can you not have good wishes for the Brahmin family? 242"This happens all the time, this continues to happen" - finish these words.
186मुझे बदलके दिखाना है . mujhē badalkē dikhānā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kō] badalnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . I[.kō] change[abs.] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
243"I have to show this by changing myself.
187मैं बदलूंगा , और भी बदलेगा , अवश्य बदलेगा . maĩ badalūṅgā , aur bhī badalēgā , avaśhya badalēgā . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] x , aur bhī[p.] badalnā[fut.m.sg.23] , avaśhya badalnā[fut.m.sg.23] . I x , and too change[fut.m.sg.23] , x change[fut.m.sg.23] .
244If I change, others will also change; they will definitely change".
188इस निश्चय और शुभ भावना से चलो फिर देखो जल्दी जल्दी अपना राज्य आ जायेगा . is niśhchay aur śhubh bhāvnā sē chalō phir dēkhō jaldī jaldī apnā rājya ā jāyēgā . yah[pn.sg.o.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhubh bhāvnā[x] sē[postp.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaldī jaldī apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this faith and pure feeling from continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very quickly very quickly (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
245Continue to move along with this faith and good wishes and then see how quickly your kingdom comes.
189तो यह 18 तारीख को दो बातें सदा के लिए धारण कर ली , यह बापदादा नहीं कहता है कि लिखकर सिर्फ भेजो , प्रतिज्ञा करने की फाइल लिखत वाले बापदादा के पास बहुत फाइल पड़े हैं वतन में . tō yah 18 tārīkh kō dō bātē̃ sadā kē liē dhāraṇ kar lī , yah bāpdādā nahī̃ kahtā hai ki likhkar sirph bhējō , pratigyā karnē kī|key file likhat vālē bāpdādā kē pās bahut file paṛē haĩ vatan mē̃ . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] 18 tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā kē liē[x] dhāraṇ karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] likhnā[abs.] sirph[adj.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key file likhat[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] bahut file paṛnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . then this 18 x to (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter constantly for adopt[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , this BapDada not say[pres.sg.m.23] that write[abs.] only x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) file writing those who BapDada to very file fall[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] world in .
246So, for this 18th, imbibe two things for all time - BapDada is not telling you simply to write it and send it to Him. 247In the subtle region, BapDada has many files of your promises in writing.
190प्रतिज्ञा नहीं , दृढ़ता का संकल्प के रूप में यह दो बातें धारण करनी हैं . pratigyā nahī̃ , dr̥iṛhtā kā saṅkalp kē|K rūp mē̃ yah dō bātē̃ dhāraṇ karnī haĩ . pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . x not , determination of thought (of|K) Rup in this (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter adopt[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .
248Not a promise, but you have to imbibe these two things in the form of determined thoughts.
191ठीक है टीचर्स ? ṭhīk hai teachers ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] teacher ? OK be[pres.sg.23] teacher ?
249Is this OK, teachers?
192करनी है ना . karnī hai nā . karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ . 193अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
250You are going to do this, are you not?
194मातायें हाथ उठाओ , करेंगी ? mātāyē̃ hāth uṭhāō , karē̃gī ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? mother raise your hands , do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
251Mothers, raise your hands! 252Will you do this?
195बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . baṛā hāth uṭhāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very raise your hands .
253Raise your hands high!
196पाण्डव हाथ उठाओ . pāṇḍav hāth uṭhāō . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Pandava raise your hands .
254Pandavas, raise your hands!
197पाण्डव . pāṇḍav . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Pandava .
255Pandavas!
198पाण्डव भी उठा रहे हैं , ठीक है . pāṇḍav bhī uṭhā rahē haĩ , ṭhīk hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Pandava too uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , OK be[pres.sg.23] .
256The Pandavas are also raising their hands. 257Good.
199बापदादा तो रोज़ देखता रहेगा . bāpdādā tō rōz dēkhtā rahēgā . bāpdādā tō rōz dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada then day see[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
258BapDada will continue to look every day.
200बापदादा को देखने में देरी नहीं लगती है . bāpdādā kō dēkhnē mē̃ dērī nahī̃ lagtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x not x[pres.sg.f.23] .
259It doesn't take BapDada long to see everything.
201ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
260Is that all right?
202अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
261Achcha.
203टीचर्स जो भी आई हैं , मुरली तो सबके पास जायेगी , ऐसे नहीं सिर्फ जो आये हो , उनके लिए ही है , देश विदेश दोनों बच्चों , सर्व बच्चों के प्रति है . teachers jō bhī āī haĩ , murlī tō sabkē pass|pās jāyēgī , aisē nahī̃ sirph jō āyē hō , unkē liē hī hai , dēśh vidēśh dōnō̃ bachchō̃ , sarv bachchō̃ kē prati hai . teacher jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pass|pās jānā[fut.f.sg.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] sirph[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] , sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . teacher that too come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , flute then everyone's (pass|x) go[fut.f.sg.23] , it isn't that only that come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) only be[pres.sg.23] , land abroad x child , all child for be[pres.sg.23] .
262All the teachers who have come, all of you will receive the murli. 263It isn't that Baba is saying this to only those who have come. 264This is for all the children from this land and abroad; it is for all the children.
204अभी बहुत आप लोगों का काम बढ़ना है . abhī bahut āp lōgō̃ kā kām baṛhnā hai . ab[adv.hī] bahut āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now very you people of (lust|task) grow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
265The work of all of you is going to increase a lot more.
205यह नहीं सेवा कर ली , भाषण कर ली , वर्ग को चला लिया . yah nahī̃ sēvā kar lī , bhāṣhaṇ kar lī , varg kō chalā liyā . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . this not service do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , lecture do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , profession to (continue[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) .
266Do not think that you have finished service, that you have given lectures, that you have set up the different wings.
206नहीं बहुत सेवा रही हुई है . nahī̃ bahut sēvā rahī huī hai . nahī̃[neg] bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . not very service remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
267No, a lot of service still remains to be done.
207अभी तो मन्सा द्वारा सकाश देने का काम करना है . abhī tō mansā dvārā sakāśh dēnē kā kām karnā hai . ab[adv.hī] tō mansā dvārā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now then through the mind through sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of (lust|task) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
268Now, you are going to have to do the work of giving sakaash with your mind.
208जैसे शुरू-शुरू में शिव बाप ब्रह्मा में प्रवेश हुआ तो घर बैठे कैसे सकाश दी . jaisē śhurū-śhurū mē̃ śhiv bāp brahmā mē̃ pravēśh huā tō ghar baiṭhē kaisē sakāśh dī|the . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pravēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the . like beginning in Shiva father Brahma in entry be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) how sakaash (give[past-part.f.]|the) .
269In the beginning, Father Shiva entered Brahma and gave sakaash to everyone while they were sitting at home.
209किसको साक्षात्कार हुआ , किसको आवाज आया फलाने स्थान पर जाओ , किसे प्रेरणा आई सुन करके मुझे जाना ही है , भाग कर आई ना और जो शुरू में आये वह कितने पक्के हैं . kiskō sākṣhātkār huā , kiskō āvāj āyā phalānē sthān par jāō , kisē prērṇā āī|eye|I sun karkē mujhē jānā hī hai , bhāg kar āī nā aur jō śhurū mē̃ āyē vah kitnē pakkē haĩ . kaun[pn.sg.kō] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] karnā[past-part.f..root+ānā] nā aur jō[pn.;d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . who[.kō] vision be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , who[.kō] noise come[past-part.m.sg.d.] x place (other|at) go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , who[.kō] inspiration (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) listen[root] do[abs.] I[.kō] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] , (part|run[root]) do[past-part.f..root+ānā] ∅ and that beginning in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that so firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
270Some had visions, some heard someone telling them to go to a particular place, some received inspirations having heard this and they thought, "I have to go there!" 271They came running and those who came at the beginning became so strong.
210याद करते हो ना , दादी को , दूसरी भी दादियों को याद करते हो ना . yād kartē hō nā , dādī kō , dūsrī bhī dādiyō̃ kō yād kartē hō nā . yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . remember ∅ , Dadi to , other too Dadi to remember ∅ .
272You remember Dadi, do you not? 273You also remember the other Dadis too, do you not?
211तो जो शुरू में हुआ वह अभी अन्त में भी रिपीट होना है . tō jō śhurū mē̃ huā vah abhī ant mē̃ bhī repeat hōnā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] repeat hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then that beginning in be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that now end in too repeat be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
274Whatever happened at the beginning is going to repeat at the end.
212इसलिए अपनी मन्सा शक्ति को मन्सा सेवा को बढ़ाओ . isliē apnī mansā śhakti kō mansā sēvā kō baṛhāō . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mansā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore one’s own through the mind Shakti to through the mind service to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
275Therefore, increase the power of your mind and also increase service through your mind.
213उस समय भाषण आपका कोई नहीं सुनेगा , कोर्स कोई नहीं करेगा , हालतें ही गम्भीर होंगी . us samay bhāṣhaṇ āpkā kōī nahī̃ sunēgā , course kōī nahī̃ karēgā , hālatē̃ hī gambhīr hōṅgī . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[fut.m.sg.23] , course kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] , hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] gambhīr[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . that time lecture you[.kā] some not listen[fut.m.sg.23] , course some not do[fut.m.sg.23] , situation only serious be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
276At that time no one will listen to your lectures. 277No one will take the course, and the conditions will become severe.
214मन्सा सकाश देने की सेवा करनी पड़ेगी . mansā sakāśh dēnē kī|key sēvā karnī paṛēgī . mansā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . through the mind sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
278You will have to do the service of giving sakaash through the mind.
215इसीलिए अभी अभ्यास करो . isīliē abhī abhyās karō . isīliē ab[adv.hī] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x now practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 216अमृतवेले सिर्फ नहीं , भले कर्म कर रहे हो लेकिन बीच-बीच में माइण्ड को कन्ट्रोल करके सब तरफ से , एकाग्र हो करके सकाश दे सकता हूँ या नहीं दे सकता हूँ , इसकी ट्रायल करो . amr̥itvēlē sirph nahī̃ , bhalē karma kar rahē hō lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃ mind kō control karkē sab taraph sē , ēkāgr hō karkē sakāśh dē saktā hū̃ yā nahī̃ dē saktā hū̃ , iskī trial karō . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sirph[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃[x] mind kō[postp.] control karnā[abs.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , ēkāgr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] karnā[abs.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] yā nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] , yah[pn.sg.kī] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . amrit vela only not , benefit deed do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] but x x to control do[abs.] all direction from , concentrated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) do[abs.] sakaash give[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] or not give[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] , this[.kī] try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
279Therefore, practise this now, not just at amrit vela. 280Even if you are performing actions, every now and then in-between, control your mind from all directions, become concentrated and see whether you are able to give sakaash or not. 281There will be a great need.
217बहुत आवश्यकता होगी , आखिर दुख हर्ता सुख कर्ता आपके चित्र भी बनते हैं . bahut āvaśhyaktā hōgī , ākhir dukh hartā sukh kartā āpkē chitra bhī bantē haĩ . bahut āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , ākhir duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hartā[adj.] sukh kartā[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very need be[fut.f.sg.23] , at last sorrow Remover bestower of happiness you[.kē] picture too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
282After all, your images are also those of removers of sorrow and bestowers of happiness, are they not?
218तो क्या चैतन्य में नहीं बनेंगे ? tō kyā chaitanya mē̃ nahī̃ banē̃gē ? tō kyā chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what living in not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
283So, will you not become that in the living form?
219अन्तर्मुखी होके बीच बीच में 5 मिनट निकालो . antarmukhī hōkē bīch bīch mē̃ 5 minute nikālō . antarmukhī[adj.] hōnā[abs.] bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] 5 minute nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . introverted be[abs.] centre centre in 5 minute x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
284Become introverted and find five minutes every now and then.
220अमृतवेला सिर्फ नहीं है , दिन रात यह अभ्यास चाहिए . amr̥itvēlā sirph nahī̃ hai , din rāt yah abhyās chāhiē . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sirph[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . amrit vela only not be[pres.sg.23] , day night this practice (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
285Not just at amrit vela, but this practice is needed day and night.
221रात को आंख खुलती है ट्रायल करो , फिर जाके भले सो जाओ . rāt kō āṅkh khultī hai trial karō , phir jākē bhalē sō jāō . rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[pres.sg.f.23] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] jānā[abs.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . night to eye open up[pres.sg.f.23] try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (then|turn[root]) go[abs.] benefit sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
286Try it out as soon as you open your eyes at night, and then you may go to sleep again.
222लेकिन थोड़ा टाइम ट्रायल करो और काम के लिए भी तो उठते हो ना . lēkin thōṛā time trial karō aur kām kē liē bhī tō uṭhtē hō nā . lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] tō uṭhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . but short time try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (lust|task) for too then wake up[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
287However, try this for a short time. 288You wake up at night for other things, do you not?
223तो यह अभ्यास भी करो . tō yah abhyās bhī karō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this practice too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 224तभी आपकी पूजा होगी . tabhī āpkī pūjā hōgī . tabhī āp[pn.pl.kī] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . x you[.kī] (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[fut.f.sg.23] .
289So, also practise this for only then will you be worshipped.
225नहीं तो आपकी पूजा नाममात्र होगी . nahī̃ tō āpkī pūjā nāmamātra hōgī . nahī̃ tō[x] āp[pn.pl.kī] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . otherwise you[.kī] (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) x be[fut.f.sg.23] .
290Otherwise, you will be worshipped just for the sake of it.
226बड़े-बड़े मन्दिर नहीं बनेंगे , चालू मन्दिर बनेंगे . baṛē-baṛē mandir nahī̃ banē̃gē , chālū mandir banē̃gē . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , chālū[adj.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . very temple not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , working temple become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
291There won't be huge temples built to you, only temples for the sake of it.
227सुना . sunā . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
292Did you hear?
228अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
293Achcha.
229अभी बापदादा का समाचार तो सुना , आज अच्छी तरह से चेक किया . abhī bāpdādā kā samāchār tō sunā , āj achchhī tarah sē check kiyā . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , āj achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now BapDada of news then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , today achcha x from check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
294You now have heard BapDada's news. 295Today, Baba checked very well.
230चेक करने में बापदादा को टाइम नहीं लगता है . check karnē mē̃ bāpdādā kō time nahī̃ lagtā hai . check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] time nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in BapDada to time not x[pres.sg.m.23] .
296It doesn't take BapDada long to check.
231अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
297Achcha.
232अभी अभी अपने मन को एकाग्र कर सकते हो ? abhī abhī apnē man kō ēkāgr kar saktē hō ? ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? now now one’s own mind to concentrated do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
298Are you able to stabilise your mind right now?
233कर सकते हो कि विचार आयेगा टाइम हो गया है , थक गये हैं , खाने की भूख लग रही है , नहीं . kar saktē hō ki vichār āyēgā time hō gayā hai , thak gayē haĩ , khānē kī|key bhūkh lag rahī hai , nahī̃ . karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] vichār[x] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] time hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , thaknā, phathaknā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhūkh[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , nahī̃[neg] . do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that x come[fut.m.sg.23] time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , become desperate[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) hunger x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , not .
299Are you able to do that? 300Or, will you have the thought, "It is now time, I have become tired. 301I am hungry. 302No.
234नहीं , ऐसे बापदादा जानते हैं , बाप से स्नेह बहुत है बच्चों का . nahī̃ , aisē bāpdādā jāntē haĩ , bāp sē snēh bahut hai bachchō̃ kā . nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . not , such BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , father from love very be[pres.sg.23] child of .
303No, BapDada knows that children have a lot of love for the Father.
235यह सर्टीफिकेट स्नेह का बापदादा भी देता है , आप अभी जो सभी आये हैं वह किस विमान में आये हो ? yah certificate snēh kā bāpdādā bhī dētā hai , āp abhī jō sabhī āyē haĩ vah kis vimān mē̃ āyē hō ? yah[pn.sg.d.] certificate snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.] ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? this certificate love of BapDada too give[pres.sg.m.23] , you now that all come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that (who|what) x in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
304BapDada is giving you a certificate for your love. 305All of you who have come: in which plane did you come here?
236आपको पता है भले ट्रेन में आये हो , या प्लेन से आये हो लेकिन आप लोग एक विचित्र विमान से आये हो , वह पता है , वह है स्नेह का विमान . āpkō patā hai bhalē train mē̃ āyē hō , yā plain|plane sē āyē hō lēkin āp lōg ēk vichitr vimān sē āyē hō , vah patā hai , vah hai snēh kā vimān . āp[pn.pl.kō] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] train mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , yā plain|plane sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] vichitr[adj.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . you[.kō] knowledge be[pres.sg.23] benefit train in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , or (plain|plane) from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but you people one unique x from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , that knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , that be[pres.sg.23] love of x .
306Do you know? 307Though you may have come here by train or plane, all of you have come here in a unique viman. 308Do you know that that is the viman of love?
237स्नेह के विमान से आये हो ना . snēh kē|K vimān sē āyē hō nā . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . love (of|K) x from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ .
309You have come here in the viman of love, have you not?
238चाहे ट्रेन हो चाहे कुछ भी हो लेकिन बाप से स्नेह है इसीलिए आये हो . chāhē train hō chāhē kuchh bhī hō lēkin bāp sē snēh hai isīliē āyē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] train hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) train (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but father from love be[pres.sg.23] x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
310Whether it was a train or anything else, you have come here because you have love for the Father.
239अभी सिर्फ जिस समय थोड़ा बहुत आता है ना , माया का खेल होता है उस समय बाप के स्नेह में खो जाओ , दिखाई नहीं दो माया को . abhī sirph jis samay thōṛā bahut ātā hai nā , māyā kā khēl hōtā hai us samay bāp kē|K snēh mē̃ khō jāō , dikhāī nahī̃ dō māyā kō . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] jis samay[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] . now only x short very come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , Maya of (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] that time father (of|K) love in lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , (x|x[past-part.f.]) not (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) Maya to .
311Now, when something arises, when there are the games of Maya, then, at that time, become lost in the Father's love. 312Do not remain visible to Maya.
240बापदादा ने शुरू-शुरू में ट्रांस द्वारा बहुत नजारे दिखाये थे कि अन्तिम समय जब कोई हलचल होगी सब वृत्तियां बाहर आयेंगी , खराब वृत्तियां भी तो सहारा देने की वृत्तियां भी . bāpdādā nē śhurū-śhurū mē̃ trance dvārā bahut najārē dikhāyē thē ki antim samay jab kōī halchal hōgī sab vr̥ttiyā̃ bāhar āyēṅgī , kharāb vr̥ttiyā̃ bhī tō sahārā dēnē kī|key vr̥ttiyā̃ bhī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] trance dvārā bahut nazārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dikhānā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] antim[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab kōī[pn.;d.] halchal[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] sab[adj.] x bāhar ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , kharāb[adj.] x bhī[p.] tō sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x bhī[p.] . BapDada ∅ beginning in trance through very scene x[past-perf.pl.m.] that final time when some upheaval be[fut.f.sg.23] all x outside come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , bad x too then support give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too .
313In the beginning, BapDada showed many scenes through the trance messengers. 314When there is to be some upheaval in the final moments, everyone's attitude will become extroverted - bad attitudes and also attitudes to give support.
241तो बापदादा ने शुरू-शुरू में बच्चों को दिखाया था कि कई बुरी दृष्टि वाले पीछे आते हैं लेकिन उन्हों को लाइट ही दिखाई देती है . tō bāpdādā nē śhurū-śhurū mē̃ bachchō̃ kō dikhāyā thā ki kaī burī dr̥iṣhṭi vālē pīchhē ātē haĩ lēkin unhō̃ kō light hī dikhāī dētī hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dikhānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] kaī burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pīchhē ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] light hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then BapDada ∅ beginning in child to x[past-perf.m.sg.] that some (bad|x) drishti those who x come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that to light only be visible .
315BapDada showed you in the beginning how a lot of people with impure vision would follow you, but they would only see light.
242मनुष्य दिखाई नहीं देता लाइट ही दिखाई देती , फरिश्ता रूप ही दिखाई देता . manuṣhya dikhāī nahī̃ dētā light hī dikhāī dētī , phariśhtā rūp hī dikhāī dētā . manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] light hī[p.] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] dēnā[pres-part.f.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . human being (x|x[past-part.f.]) not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] light only (x|x[past-part.f.]) give[pres-part.f.] , angel Rup only (x|x[past-part.f.]) give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
316They were not able to see the people; they could only see light. 317They would only see the angelic form.
243ऐसे आपका एकाग्रता का अभ्यास होते भी आप ऐसे सामने बैठे हो लेकिन उनको दिखाई नहीं देगा . aisē āpkā ēkāgratā kā abhyās hōtē bhī āp aisē sāmnē baiṭhē hō lēkin unkō dikhāī nahī̃ dēgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kā] ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin vah[pn.pl.kō] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . such you[.kā] concentration of practice be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too you such x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but that[.kō] (x|x[past-part.f.]) not give[fut.m.sg.23] .
318Similarly, while you have the practice of concentration, you will be sitting in front of them, but they will not be able to see you.
244लाइट लाइट ही दिखाई देगी . light light hī dikhāī dēgī . light light hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.f.sg.23] . light light only be visible .
319They will see light and only light everywhere.
245ऐसे होना है . aisē hōnā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . such be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
320This has to happen.
246लेकिन अभ्यास अब से करो . lēkin abhyās ab sē karō . lēkin abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but practice now from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
321However, practise this from now.
247फरिश्ता . phariśhtā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . angel .
322Become an angel.
248अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
323Achcha.
249अभी तीन मिनट मन की एकाग्रता का अभ्यास करो . abhī tīn minute man kī|key ēkāgratā kā abhyās karō . ab[adv.hī] tīn[adj.] minute man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x minute mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) concentration of practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
324Now, practise concentrating your mind for three minutes.
250यह ड्रिल करो . yah drill karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] drill karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this drill do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
325Perform this drill.
251अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
326Achcha.
252सेवा का टर्न भोपाल जोन का है : अच्छा भोपाल वाले भी अच्छी संख्या में पहुंच गये हैं . sēvā kā turn bhōpāl zone kā hai : achchhā bhōpāl vālē bhī achchhī saṅkhyā mē̃ pahuñch gayē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum bhōpāl zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhōpāl vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . service of you Bhopal zone of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha Bhopal those who too achcha x in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
327It is the turn of Bhopal zone to serve: Achcha, a good number has arrived here from Bhopal.
253अभी भोपाल वालों ने नवीनता क्या सोची ? abhī bhōpāl vālō̃ nē navīntā kyā sōchī ? ab[adv.hī] bhōpāl vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā sōchnā[past-part.f.] ? now Bhopal those who ∅ newness what think[past-part.f.] ?
328What newness have those from Bhopal thought about?
254जो कर चुके वह तो सभी कर ही रहे हैं . jō kar chukē vah tō sabhī kar hī rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+cuknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[root] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that do[opt.sg.23.root+cuknā] that then all do[root] only remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 255लेकिन नवीनता क्या करेंगे ? lēkin navīntā kyā karē̃gē ? lēkin navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? but newness what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
329Everyone is doing whatever has already been done anyway, but what newness will you bring about?
256बापदादा ने अगले टर्न में भी कहा कि अभी वी . आई . पीज की सेवा तो की है , सभी जोन ने की है , सभी वर्गो ने की है , लेकिन अभी बापदादा सम्बन्ध में आने वाले वी . आई . पीज जो माइक बनकर औरों को अपने आवाज से परिवर्तन करें , उन्हों को नजदीक लाओ . bāpdādā nē aglē turn mē̃ bhī kahā ki abhī we|V . āī|eye|I . Ps kī|key sēvā tō kī hai , sabhī zone nē kī hai , sabhī vargō nē kī hai , lēkin abhī bāpdādā sambandh mē̃ ānē vālē we|V . āī|eye|I . Ps jō mike bankar aurō̃ kō apnē āvāj sē parivartan karē̃ , unhō̃ kō najdīk lāō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tum mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , sab[adv.hī] zone nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P jō[pn.;d.] mike bannā[abs.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] nazdīk lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ next you in too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that now (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service then do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , all zone ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , all profession ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , but now BapDada relationship in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. that mike become[abs.] others to one’s own noise from transformation do[opt.pl.12hon3] , that to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
330In the earlier turn too, BapDada had said: You have already served the VIPs. 331All zones and all wings have done that. 332However, BapDada now wants you to bring the VIPs who are in relationship with you closer, those who can become mikes and transform others through their sound.
2576 मास में 12 मास में एक बारी आये या 4-5 बारी आये , भाषण भी किया , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में भी आये , लेकिन ऐसे माइक जिनकी आवाज से अनेकों का कल्याण हो जाए , उन्हों को वारिस क्वालिटी बनाओ . 6 mās mē̃ 12 mās mē̃ ēk bārī āyē yā 4-5 bārī āyē , bhāṣhaṇ bhī kiyā , sambandh-sampark mē̃ bhī āyē , lēkin aisē mike jinkī āvāj sē anēkō̃ kā kalyāṇ hō jāē , unhō̃ kō vāris quality banāō . 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 12 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] yā 4-5 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike jō[pn.pl.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 6 (month|x) in 12 (month|x) in one x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) or 4-5 x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , lecture too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x in too (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , but such mike that[.kī] noise from many of benefit be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , that to heir x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
333Whether they have come here once in six months or 12 months, or whether they have come four to five times, have given lectures, been in relationship and connection with you, now make such mikes whose sound can benefit many others into heir-quality souls.
258नामीग्रामी भी हो . nāmīgrāmī bhī hō . nāmīgrāmī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
334They should also be well known.
259लेकिन आजकल के लोग जो हैं बाहरमुखी हैं ना , तो वह बाहर का शो भी देखने चाहते हैं , तो कोई ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ जो लगातार चलता रहे और ऐसी वारिस क्वालिटी निकालो , क्योंकि वर्गीकरण शुरू हुए भी कितना वर्ष हो गया ! lēkin ājkal kē|K lōg jō haĩ bāharmukhī haĩ nā , tō vah bāhar kā show bhī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ , tō kōī aisā plan banāō jō lagātār chaltā rahē aur aisī vāris quality nikālō , kyōṅki vargīkaraṇ śhurū huē bhī kitnā varṣh hō gayā ! lēkin ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K log[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bāharmukhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] show bhī[p.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] lagātār chalnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyōṅki vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ! but nowadays (of|K) people that be[pres.pl.12hon3] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , then that outside of show too see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then some such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x continue[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] and such heir x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , because serving the professions x too so year be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] !
335However, people of today are extroverted and so they also want to see external show. 336So, now create such a plan that continues for a long time and make such heir-quality souls emerge. 337It has been so many years since the wings started.
260हो गया है ना ! hō gayā hai nā ! hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā ! be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
338It has been a long time, has it not?
261तो अभी उन्हों को इतना नजदीक लाओ जो वारिस क्वालिटी हो . tō abhī unhō̃ kō itnā najdīk lāō jō vāris quality hō . tō ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazdīk lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then now that to such x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that heir x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
339So, now bring those who are heir-quality very close.
262अभी वी . आई . पी की लाइन में हैं , सहयोगी हैं , सेवा भी करते हैं लेकिन वारिस क्वालिटी नहीं हैं . abhī we|V . āī|eye|I . pī kī line mē̃ haĩ , sahyōgī haĩ , sēvā bhī kartē haĩ lēkin vāris quality nahī̃ haĩ . ab[adv.hī] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] line mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] line in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] , service too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but heir x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
340At present they are in the line of VIPs and co- operative; they also do service, but they are not heir-quality.
263तो ऐसा सहयोगी बनें , जो जिस समय जो कार्य करने की आवश्यकता है , जो उनकी क्वालिफिकेशन है , उस क्लालिफिकेशन के कार्य में हाँ जी , हाँ जी करें . tō aisā sahyōgī banē̃ , jō jis samay jō kārya karnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai , jō unkī qualification hai , us qualification kē|K kārya mē̃ hā̃ jī , hā̃ jī karē̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] jis samay[x] jō[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.pl.kī] qualification hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] qualification kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hā̃ jī[x] , hā̃ jī[x] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then such co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3] , that x that task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] , that that[.kī] qualification be[pres.sg.23] , that qualification (of|K) task in yes , yes do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
341So, they should become so co-operative, that whatever task needs to be accomplished at whatever time, they would say, "Ha ji" for any task with the qualifications they have.
264कनेक्शन अच्छे जोड़े हैं , बापदादा इस बात में खुश है लेकिन अभी वह भी एवररेडी सेवाधारी बनें . connection achchhē jōṛē haĩ , bāpdādā is bāt mē̃ khuśh hai lēkin abhī vah bhī ever ready sēvādhārī banē̃ . connection achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jōṛnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ever ready sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . connection achcha connect[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada this matter in happy be[pres.sg.23] but now that too ever-ready server become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
342You have made good connections and BapDada is pleased with this aspect. 343However, they too should now become ever-ready servers.
265ऐसी क्वालिटी वाले सभी वर्ग वाले इकट्ठे करो , बापदादा के पास ले आना है , यह नहीं . aisī quality vālē sabhī varg vālē ikaṭṭhē karō , bāpdādā kē pās lē ānā hai , yah nahī̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] quality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . such x those who all profession those who together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada to (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this not . 266लेकिन किसी भी स्थान पर उन्हों का संगठन इकठ्ठा करो . lēkin kisī bhī sthān par unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan ikaṭhṭhā karō . lēkin kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but (anything|some) too place (other|at) that of gathering together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
344Bring together souls of such quality from all wings. 345Do not think, "We have to take them to BapDada!", but bring them together as a gathering to any one place.
267कहाँ भी करो , जहाँ सभी को थोड़ा आने में सहज हो सके , और उनका स्पेशल कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम रखते रहो . kahā̃ bhī karō , jahā̃ sabhī kō thōṛā ānē mē̃ sahaj hō sakē , aur unkā special kōī na kōī programme rakhtē rahō . kahā̃ bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jahā̃ sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] , aur vah[pn.pl.kā] special kōī na kōī[x] programme rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . where too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , where there all to short (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in easy be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] , and that[.kā] special one .. or another programme keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
346You can do it anywhere, where it is easy for all of them to come, and continue to arrange one or another special programme for them.
268प्रोग्राम होता है तो जाते हो , मिलते हो , सहयोग भी देते हैं लेकिन थोड़ा होमली बन जाएं , जो समय पर सहयोगी बन सकें . programme hōtā hai tō jātē hō , miltē hō , sahyōg bhī dētē haĩ lēkin thōṛā homely ban jāē̃ , jō samay par sahyōgī ban sakē̃ . programme hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō jānā[pres.pl.m.2] , milnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] homely bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . programme be[pres.sg.m.23] then go[pres.pl.m.2] , receive[pres.pl.m.2] , cooperation too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but short homely become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , that time (other|at) co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
347When they have a programme, you go to them and meet them and give your co-operation, but they should now become a little homely so that they are able to be co-operative at a time of need.
269शुरू शुरू में भोपाल वालों ने सर्विस की है , वी . आई . पीज के कनेक्शन बनाये हैं , लेकिन अभी इसी विधि की सर्विस करके दिखाओ . śhurū śhurū mē̃ bhōpāl vālō̃ nē service kī hai , we|V . āī|eye|I . Ps kē|K connection banāyē haĩ , lēkin abhī isī vidhi kī|key service karkē dikhāō . śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhōpāl vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K connection banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . beginning beginning in Bhopal those who ∅ service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. (of|K) connection create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , but now this[.hī] method (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
348Those from Bhopal have done service from the beginning. 349They have made connections with the VIPs, but now demonstrate this by doing service using this method.
270ब्राह्मण तो बन रहे हैं , अभी सभी क्लास में ब्राह्मणों की वृद्धि हो रही है , यह तो अच्छा है . brāhmaṇ tō ban rahē haĩ , abhī sabhī class mē̃ brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key vr̥iddhi hō rahī hai , yah tō achchhā hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] class mē̃[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahmin then become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , now all class in Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , this then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
350They are becoming Brahmins, the number of Brahmins is increasing in all the classes. 351That is good.
271क्लासेज सब अच्छे हैं लेकिन अभी ऐसे व्यक्ति , सर्विसएबुल निकलें जिसकी आवाज वा परिचय सुनके सेवा हो जाए और समय पर वह रेडी रहे . classes sab achchhē haĩ lēkin abhī aisē vyakti , serviceable nikalē̃ jiskī āvāj vā parichay sunkē sēvā hō jāē aur samay par vah ready rahē . class sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , serviceable nikalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] vā parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ready rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . class all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] but now such x , serviceable be extracted[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] noise or introduction listen[abs.] service be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] and time (other|at) that ready (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
352All the classes are good, but now serviceable people should emerge so that when their sound or their introduction is heard, service takes place. 353They should remain ready on time.
272कर सकते हो , अभी करके दिखाओ . kar saktē hō , abhī karkē dikhāō . karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , ab[adv.hī] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , now do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
354You can do it. 355Now, show this by doing it.
273लिस्ट तो देते हैं कि इतने वी . आई . पी हैं लेकिन संगठन इकठ्ठा करेंगे तो होंगे ! list tō dētē haĩ ki itnē we|V . āī|eye|I . pī haĩ lēkin saṅgaṭhan ikaṭhṭhā karē̃gē tō hōṅgē ! list tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin saṅgaṭhan[x] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! list then give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] but gathering together do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
356You give Baba a list of so many VIPs, but it will happen if you get a gathering together.
274वह संगठन भी दिखाई दे , एक दो को देख करके भी उमंग आता है , सोचते हैं , यह भी आते हैं , यह भी आते हैं … उमंग आता है . vah saṅgaṭhan bhī dikhāī dē , ēk dō kō dēkh karkē bhī umaṅg ātā hai , sōchtē haĩ , yah bhī ātē haĩ , yah bhī ātē haĩ … umaṅg ātā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] … umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that gathering too be visible , one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to see[root] do[abs.] too zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] , think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] … zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .
357That gathering should be visible. 358Seeing one another, they have that enthusiasm and think: "This one is coming here, this one is coming here" and they thereby become enthusiastic.
275तो अभी जो भी जोन आते हैं , वर्ग भी आते हैं , अभी पहले थोड़े मुख्य-मुख्य स्थान के इकट्ठे करो सिर्फ मधुबन में इकट्ठे हों नहीं , किसी भी स्थान पर इकट्ठे करके उन्हों को स्नेह और सहयोग में और आगे बढ़ाओ . tō abhī jō bhī zone ātē haĩ , varg bhī ātē haĩ , abhī pahlē thōṛē mukhya-mukhya sthān kē|K ikaṭṭhē karō sirph madhuban mē̃ ikaṭṭhē hō̃ nahī̃ , kisī bhī sthān par ikaṭṭhē karkē unhō̃ kō snēh aur sahyōg mē̃ aur āgē baṛhāō . tō ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukhya[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sirph[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now that too zone come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , profession too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , now (firstly|x) short main place (of|K) together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only Madhuban in together be[opt.pl.12hon3] not , (anything|some) too place (other|at) together do[abs.] that to love and cooperation in and previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
359So, now all the zones and wings that come here, first gather together some people from the main places. 360Let it not be that they just get together in Madhuban. 361Bring them together at any place and make them move forward in their love and co-operation.
276क्या करेंगी टीचर्स ? kyā karē̃gī teachers ? kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] teacher ? what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] teacher ?
362What will the teachers do?
277टीचर्स करके दिखायेंगी ना ! teachers karkē dikhāyēṅgī nā ! teacher karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] nā ! teacher do[abs.] x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
363Teachers, you will demonstrate it by doing this, will you not?
278क्या नहीं कर सकते हो . kyā nahī̃ kar saktē hō . kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . what not do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
364What can you not do?
279एक एक चाहे छोटी हो , चाहे बड़ी हो , अगर दृढ़ संकल्प हो तो छोटी भी कमाल कर सकती है . ēk ēk chāhē chhōṭī hō , chāhē baṛī hō , agar dr̥iṛh saṅkalp hō tō chhōṭī bhī kamāl kar saktī hai . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , agar dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . one one (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , if determined thought (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then small too x do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
365Each one of you - whether you are young or old, if you have the determined thought, then even the young ones can perform wonders.
280सिर्फ दृढ़ संकल्प हो , करना ही है . sirph dr̥iṛh saṅkalp hō , karnā hī hai . sirph[adj.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only determined thought (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
366You just have to have the determined thought: I have to do this.
281अभिमान से आगे नहीं बढ़ना है लेकिन स्वमान से आगे बढ़ना है . abhimān sē āgē nahī̃ baṛhnā hai lēkin svamān sē āgē baṛhnā hai . abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āgē nahī̃[neg] baṛhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin svamān[x] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . arrogance from previously not grow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but self-respect from previously grow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
367You mustn't move forward with arrogance, but with self-respect.
282बापदादा जिस भी बच्चे को जिस भी जोन को देखते हैं तो उसी दृष्टि से देखते हैं कि यह हर एक बच्चा होवनहार है . bāpdādā jis bhī bachchē kō jis bhī zone kō dēkhtē haĩ tō usī dr̥iṣhṭi sē dēkhtē haĩ ki yah har ēk bachchā hōvanhār hai . bāpdādā jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] zone kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.hī] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōvanhār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada that too child to that too zone to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.hī] drishti from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this each one child forthcoming be[pres.sg.23] .
368Whenever BapDada sees any children from any zone, He sees them with the vision that each child is one who is going to become something.
283कोई नये बच्चे भी अन्दर ही अन्दर सेवा की बहुत अच्छी कमाल कर रहे हैं , बापदादा के पास समाचार भले नहीं आये लेकिन बापदादा जानते हैं . kōī nayē bachchē bhī andar hī andar sēvā kī|key bahut achchhī kamāl kar rahē haĩ , bāpdādā kē pās samāchār bhalē nahī̃ āyē lēkin bāpdādā jāntē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] andar hī[p.] andar sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some new child too inside only inside service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very achcha x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , BapDada to news benefit not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) but BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
369Some children, by themselves in an incognito way, are performing very good wonders of service. 370Although BapDada does not receive the news, He knows.
284तो कमाल करके दिखाना , शुरू में बहुत अच्छी सेवा की , आरम्भ किया था , बापदादा को याद है , अब कोई कमाल करके दिखाओ . tō kamāl karkē dikhānā , śhurū mē̃ bahut achchhī sēvā kī|key , ārambh kiyā thā , bāpdādā kō yād hai , ab kōī kamāl karkē dikhāō . tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] , beginning in very achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , x do[past-perf.m.sg.] , BapDada to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] , now some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
371So, show wonders! 372You did very good service in the beginning. 373You began that; BapDada remembers that. 374Now, perform some wonders.
285करेंगे ना , करेंगे ? karē̃gē nā , karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
375You will do that, will you not?
286अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
376It is good.
287संख्या तो बढ़ रही है लेकिन अभी क्वालिटी बढ़ाओ . saṅkhyā tō baṛh rahī hai lēkin abhī quality baṛhāō . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] quality baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] but now x increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
377The numbers are increasing, but now also increase the quality.
288अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
378Achcha.
289सेवा का गोल्डन चांस तो हर ज़ोन को बहुत अच्छा मिलता है . sēvā kā golden chance tō har|her zone kō bahut achchhā miltā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] golden chance tō harnā[root]|har|her zone kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . service of golden chance then (x[root]|x) zone to very achcha receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
379Every zone receives a very good golden chance for service.
290बाप भी खुश हो जाते और आप सब भी खुशी से चांस लेते हो . bāp bhī khuśh hō jātē aur āp sab bhī khuśhī sē chance lētē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] chance lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . father too happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and you all too happiness from chance take[pres.pl.m.2] .
380The Father is pleased and all of you also take a chance with happiness.
291अच्छा है बापदादा खुश है , वृद्धि को देखके खुश है . achchhā hai bāpdādā khuśh hai , vr̥iddhi kō dēkhkē khuśh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , growth to see[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
381It is good. 382BapDada is pleased. 383He is pleased seeing the expansion.
292एज्युकेशन और एडमिनिस्ट्रेटर विंग : ( शिक्षा एवं प्रशासक वर्ग ) : अच्छा है , एज्युकेशन के लिए गवर्मेन्ट भी समझती है , कि जीवन के लिए एज्युकेशन आवश्यक है और आजकल मैजारिटी समझने लगी है कि एज्युकेशन में स्प्रीचुअल्टी जरूरी है . education aur administrator wing : ( śhikṣhā ēvã praśhāsak varg ) : achchhā hai , education kē liē government bhī samajhtī hai , ki jīvan kē liē education āvaśhyak hai aur ājkal majority samajhnē lagī hai ki education mē̃ spirituality jarūrī hai . education aur administrator wing : ( śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ēvã praśhāsak[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , education kē liē[x] government bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] , ki[conj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] education āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ājkal majority samajhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.inf+lagnā] ki[conj.] education mē̃[postp.] spirituality zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . education and administrator wing : ( teachings x administrator profession ) : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , education for government too understand[pres.sg.f.23] , that life for education x be[pres.sg.23] and nowadays majority understand[pres-perf.sg.f.23.inf+lagnā] that education in x essential be[pres.sg.23] .
384Education and Administrators wings: It is good that the Government also understands that education is necessary for life, and, nowadays, the majority has begun to understand that spirituality is necessary in education.
293अभी वायुमण्डल चेंज हो गया है . abhī vāyumaṇḍal change hō gayā hai . ab[adv.hī] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] change hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now atmosphere change be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
385The environment has now changed.
294पहले कहते थे यह तो बड़े बूढ़ों का काम है स्प्रीचुअल बनना . pahlē kahtē thē yah tō baṛē būṛhō̃ kā kām hai spiritual bannā . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] būṛhā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] spiritual[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (firstly|x) say[hab-past.pl.m.] this then very old of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] spiritual become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
386Previously, people used to say that spirituality is to do with the seniors and elders.
295अभी समझते हैं कि एज्युकेशन में अगर आध्यात्मिकता नहीं है तो परिवर्तन नहीं हो सकता है . abhī samajhtē haĩ ki education mē̃ agar ādhyātmiktā nahī̃ hai tō parivartan nahī̃ hō saktā hai . ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] education mē̃[postp.] agar ādhyātmiktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . now understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that education in if spirituality not be[pres.sg.23] then transformation not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
387Now, they understand that if there isn't spirituality in education, transformation cannot take place.
296इसीलिए अभी दुनिया का इम्प्रेशन बदलता जा रहा है . isīliē abhī duniyā kā impression badaltā jā rahā hai . isīliē ab[adv.hī] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] impression badalnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x now world of impression change[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
388Therefore, the impression that the world has is now changing.
297इसीलिए जहाँ तक हो सके हर एक शहर वाले छोटे बड़े स्कूल कालेजेस या भिन्न-भिन्न एज्युकेशन जहाँ भी चलती हैं , उसमें ट्रायल करके वहाँ अपना पार्ट लो . isīliē jahā̃ tak hō sakē har ēk śhahar vālē chhōṭē baṛē school colleges yā bhinn-bhinn education jahā̃ bhī chaltī haĩ , usmē̃ trial karkē vahā̃ apnā part lō|low . isīliē jahā̃ tak[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] har ēk[x] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] school college yā bhinn[adj.] education jahā̃ bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] trial karnā[abs.] vahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . x as long as be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] each one city those who small very school college or different education where there too continue[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] try do[abs.] there (one’s own|adopt[root]) part (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
389As much as possible, those from each of the cities should now try to take part in the small or big schools, colleges or educational places.
298कई बच्चे , अपने माँ बाप को बदल सकते हैं . kaī bachchē , apnē mā̃ bāp kō badal saktē haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . some child , one’s own mother father to change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
390Many children can transform their parents.
299स्कूलों में हर एक स्थान में सेवा होनी चाहिए , स्कूल के कारण टीचर्स और माँ बाप दोनों ही आपके कनेक्शन में आ जायेंगे . skūlō̃ mē̃ har ēk sthān mē̃ sēvā hōnī chāhiē , school kē|K kāraṇ teachers aur mā̃ bāp dōnō̃ hī āpkē connection mē̃ ā jāyēṅgē . school[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] , school kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher aur mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . school in each one place in service be[.oblig3] , school (of|K) because teacher and mother father x only you[.kē] connection in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
391Service should take place in all the schools. 392Through the schools, both teachers and parents will come in connection with you.
300आज बच्चे प्राब्लम है और बच्चे की चलन में माँ बाप वा टीचर थोड़ा भी फर्क देखते हैं तो वह समझते हैं कि यह बहुत अच्छी बात है . āj bachchē problem hai aur bachchē kī|key chalan mē̃ mā̃ bāp vā teacher thōṛā bhī phark dēkhtē haĩ tō vah samajhtē haĩ ki yah bahut achchhī bāt hai . āj bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] problem hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā teacher thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today child problem be[pres.sg.23] and child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) behaviour in mother father or teacher short too difference see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this very achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .
393Today, children are a problem so, if the parents or teachers see a little difference in the children, they would feel that this is something good.
301तो कहाँ-कहाँ तो करते हैं लेकिन सब तरफ होना चाहिए . tō kahā̃-kahā̃ tō kartē haĩ lēkin sab taraph hōnā chāhiē . tō kahā̃ tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . then where then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but all direction (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
394This is happening in some places, but it should happen in all places.
302किसी को भी अगर सहयोग चाहिए , भाषण करने वाले का या प्रोग्राम बनाने का , तो एक दो से मदद ले सकते हो . kisī kō bhī agar sahyōg chāhiē , bhāṣhaṇ karnē vālē kā yā programme banānē kā , tō ēk dō sē madad lē saktē hō . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] agar sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā programme banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . (anything|some) to too if cooperation (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , lecture do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who of or programme create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of , then one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from x take[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
395If someone wants the co-operation of someone giving a lecture or of arranging a programme, then they can take help from one another.
303और आप डिपार्टमेंट चेक करो , कहाँ-कहाँ हो सकता है , कहाँ कोई मदद दे सकते हैं , करा सकते हैं , थोड़ा फैलाओ . aur āp department check karō , kahā̃-kahā̃ hō saktā hai , kahā̃ kōī madad dē saktē haĩ , karā saktē haĩ , thōṛā phailāō . aur āp[pn.pl.] department check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , kahā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and you x check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , where be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , where some x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , short spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
396You should check the departments as to where it can happen, where someone can help, where someone can help you to arrange it, spread this a little more.
304कहाँ कहाँ फैलाते हैं , लेकिन चारों ओर गांव में भी फैलाओ . kahā̃ kahā̃ phailātē haĩ , lēkin chārō̃ ōr gānv mē̃ bhī phailāō . kahā̃ kahā̃ phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin chārō̃ ōr[x] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where where spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but everywhere village in too spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
397In some places, it is being spread, but let it spread to the villages too.
305कोई कोई गांव में तो फैला रहे हैं . kōī kōī gānv mē̃ tō phailā rahē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō phailānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . some some village in then spread[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
398Some are spreading this in villages.
306एज्युकेशन डिपार्टमेंट बहुत कुछ कर सकता है . education department bahut kuchh kar saktā hai . education department[x] bahut kuchh karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . x very anything do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
399The Education Department can do a lot.
307दुनिया की रीति से भी अगर बच्चे एज्युकेट बनते हैं तो दुनिया को भी फायदा है और आप लोगों का भी पुण्य इकठ्ठा हो जायेगा . duniyā kī|key rīti sē bhī agar bachchē educate bantē haĩ tō duniyā kō bhī phāydā hai aur āp lōgō̃ kā bhī puṇya ikaṭhṭhā hō jāyēgā . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] agar bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] educated bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) way from too if child educated become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then world to too profit be[pres.sg.23] and you people of too charity together be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
400In a worldly way too, if children are educated, it is beneficial for the world and you would accumulate charity. 401It is good, you are doing it too.
308अच्छा है , कर भी रहे हो , बापदादा सुनते हैं लेकिन चारों ओर आवाज फैले कि ब्रह्माकुमारियों की आध्यात्मिक नॉलेज जरूरी है , यह आवाज फैले . achchhā hai , kar bhī rahē hō , bāpdādā suntē haĩ lēkin chārō̃ ōr āvāj phailē ki brahmākumāriyō̃ kī|key ādhyātmik knowledge jarūrī hai , yah āvāj phailē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin chārō̃ ōr[x] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādhyātmik[adj.] knowledge zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , BapDada listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but everywhere noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) that Brahma Kumari (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) spiritual knowledge essential be[pres.sg.23] , this noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) .
402BapDada hears about it all, but the sound should spread everywhere, the sound: "The spiritual knowledge of the Brahma Kumaris is essential" should spread everywhere.
309आवाज फैलाने वाला ग्रुप तैयार करो . āvāj phailānē vālā group taiyār karō . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
403Prepare a group that will spread the sound.
310जो भी वर्ग बनाये हैं , सभी वर्ग अपनी-अपनी रीति से आवश्यक हैं . jō bhī varg banāyē haĩ , sabhī varg apnī-apnī rīti sē āvaśhyak haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that too profession create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , all profession one’s own way from x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
404All the wings that have been created are all essential in their own way.
311आवाज फैला सकते हैं . āvāj phailā saktē haĩ . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . noise spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
405You can spread the sound.
312जहाँ भी जायें , एज्युकेशन में जाये , डाक्टरी में जायें , मिनस्ट्री में जायें , कहाँ भी जाये , किस भी वर्ग में जायें तो यह आवाज सुनें कि इस वर्ग में भी आवश्यक है , इस वर्ग में भी आवश्यक है , ऐसे आवाज फैल जाये . jahā̃ bhī jāyē̃ , education mē̃ jāyē , ḍākṭarī mē̃ jāyē̃ , ministry mē̃ jāyē̃ , kahā̃ bhī jāyē , kis bhī varg mē̃ jāyē̃ tō yah āvāj sunē̃ ki is varg mē̃ bhī āvaśhyak hai , is varg mē̃ bhī āvaśhyak hai , aisē āvāj phail jāyē . jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , education mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ḍôkṭarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , ministry mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . where there too go[opt.pl.12hon3] , education in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , become a doctor in go[opt.pl.12hon3] , x in go[opt.pl.12hon3] , where too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , (who|what) too profession in go[opt.pl.12hon3] then this noise listen[opt.pl.12hon3] that this profession in too x be[pres.sg.23] , this profession in too x be[pres.sg.23] , such noise spread[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
406Wherever you go, whether in education, medicine, ministry or anywhere or any wing, they should hear that spirituality is essential in that wing too, it is essential in that wing too. 407This sound should spread.
313थोड़ा थोड़ा अभी शुरू हुआ है कि ब्रह्माकुमारियां जो कर सकती हैं वह और कोई नहीं कर सकता है , थोड़ा फैला है . thōṛā thōṛā abhī śhurū huā hai ki brahmākumāriyā̃ jō kar saktī haĩ vah aur kōī nahī̃ kar saktā hai , thōṛā phailā hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] aur kōī[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . short short now x that Brahma Kumari that do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] that someone else not do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , short spread[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
408It has begun a little to be heard that what the Brahma Kumaris can do, no one else can do". 409This has spread just a little.
314मैनेजमेंट के लिए भी अभी समझते हैं कि ब्रह्माकुमारियां जो मैनेजमेंट करती हैं वह और कोई नहीं कर सकता , ऐसे हर वर्ग हर स्थान में यह आवाज फैलाओ . management kē liē bhī abhī samajhtē haĩ ki brahmākumāriyā̃ jō management kartī haĩ vah aur kōī nahī̃ kar saktā , aisē har|her varg har|her sthān mē̃ yah āvāj phailāō . management kē liē[x] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] management karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] aur kōī[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . management for too now understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Brahma Kumari that management do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that someone else not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , such (x[root]|x) profession (x[root]|x) place in this noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
410For management too, they understand that the management the Brahma Kumaris do cannot be done by anyone else. 411Spread this sound in every place in every wing.
315जहाँ भी जाएं वहाँ यही सुनें कि ब्रह्माकुमारियों का कार्य अच्छा है , तभी तो अच्छा बनेंगे . jahā̃ bhī jāē̃ vahā̃ yahī sunē̃ ki brahmākumāriyō̃ kā kārya achchhā hai , tabhī tō achchhā banē̃gē . jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ yahī[pn.;d.] sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tabhī tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . where there too go[opt.pl.12hon3] there this listen[opt.pl.12hon3] that Brahma Kumari of task achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x then achcha become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
412Wherever they go, they should hear that the work of the Brahma Kumaris is good; only then will they become good.
316अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 317बाकी जो कर रहे हो वह अच्छा कर रहे हो आगे और अच्छा करते चलो , फैलाते चलो . bākī jō kar rahē hō vah achchhā kar rahē hō āgē aur achchhā kartē chalō , phailātē chalō . bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] āgē aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phailānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (but|others) that do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] previously and achcha do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , spread[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
413It is good, but, otherwise, whatever you are doing, is good and continue to do more. 414Continue to spread it.
318अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
415Achcha.
319डबल विदेशी : सभी डबल विदेशी उठो , यूथ भी उठो . double vidēśhī : sabhī double vidēśhī uṭhō , youth bhī uṭhō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : sab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , youth bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double foreigner : all double foreigner wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , youth too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
416Double foreigners: All double foreigners, stand up! 417Youth, too, stand up!
320आप सबकी तरफ से डबल पुरूषार्थी बच्चों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं . āp sabkī taraph sē double purūṣhārthī bachchō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] double purūṣhārthī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . you everyone's direction from double effort-maker child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
418On behalf of everyone, Baba is congratulating the double effort-making children.
321आप सभी मधुबन के श्रृंगार बन जाते हो . āp sabhī madhuban kē|K śhrr̥iṅgār ban jātē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . you all Madhuban (of|K) (decorate[root]|decoration) become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
419All of you have become the decoration of Madhuban.
322तो मधुबन के श्रृंगार को मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . tō madhuban kē|K śhrr̥iṅgār kō mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then Madhuban (of|K) (decorate[root]|decoration) to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
420Congratulations, congratulations, congratulations to the decoration of Madhuban.
323अभी सभी ने यह संकल्प अच्छा किया है जो हर टर्न में कोई न कोई हाजिर होता है . abhī sabhī nē yah saṅkalp achchhā kiyā hai jō har|her turn mē̃ kōī na kōī hājir hōtā hai . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] harnā[root]|har|her tum mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now all ∅ this thought achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (x[root]|x) you in one .. or another present be[pres.sg.m.23] .
421Now, all of you have had a good thought that someone or another is present in every turn.
324बापदादा खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
422BapDada is pleased.
325अभी पहले-पहले कोई भी प्रोग्राम बड़ा होता था किसी भी देश में तो पहले स्टेज पर वी . आई . पी विदेश के आते थे , अभी स्पीकर वी . आई . पी नहीं आते हैं , ब्राह्मण आते हैं वह तो खुशी की बात है , अपने घर का श्रृंगार आता है . abhī pahlē-pahlē kōī bhī programme baṛā hōtā thā kisī bhī dēśh mē̃ tō pahlē stage par we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P vidēśh kē|K ātē thē , abhī speaker we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P nahī̃ ātē haĩ , brāhmaṇ ātē haĩ vah tō khuśhī kī|key bāt hai , apnē ghar kā śhrr̥iṅgār ātā hai . ab[adv.hī] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī bhī[x] programme baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[hab-past.m.sg.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] stage par[adj.]|par[postp.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[past-part.f.]|pīnā[root]|P vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[hab-past.pl.m.] , ab[adv.hī] speaker we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[past-part.f.]|pīnā[root]|P nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . now (firstly|x) anyone programme very be[hab-past.m.sg.] (anything|some) too land in then (firstly|x) stage (other|at) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[past-part.f.]|drink[root]|P.) abroad (of|K) come[hab-past.pl.m.] , now x (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[past-part.f.]|drink[root]|P.) not come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Brahmin come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that then happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own home of decorate[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .
423Previously, when you used to hold big programmes in any country, VIPs from abroad would come onto the stage. 424Now, the speakers are not VIPs, they are Brahmins. 425That too is a matter of happiness. 426The decoration of our home comes.
326लेकिन बापदादा ने सुना तो प्रोग्राम बनाया है , विदेशी देश में आके सेवा करें , बनाया है ना ! lēkin bāpdādā nē sunā tō programme banāyā hai , vidēśhī dēśh mē̃ ākē sēvā karē̃ , banāyā hai nā ! lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] tō programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! but BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) then programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , foreigner land in come[abs.] service do[opt.pl.12hon3] , create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
427However, BapDada has heard that you have made a programme for those from abroad to come to this land and do service. 428You have made such a programme, have you not?
327यह सामने खड़ा है ना , ( निजार भाई ) प्लैन बनाया है ? yah sāmnē khaṛā hai nā , ( nijār bhāī ) plan banāyā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] sāmnē khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ( x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] ) plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? this x standing be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , ( x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ) plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
429This one is standing in front (Nizarbhai). 430Have you made a plan?
328अच्छा किया है क्योंकि शुरू शुरू में बापदादा के महावाक्य हैं कि विदेश वाले इन्डिया के कुम्भकरण को जगायेंगे . achchhā kiyā hai kyōṅki śhurū śhurū mē̃ bāpdādā kē|K mahāvākya haĩ ki vidēśh vālē India kē|K kumbhakaraṇ kō jagāyēṅgē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kyōṅki śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] India kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kumbhakaraṇ[x] kō[postp.] jagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] because beginning beginning in BapDada (of|K) elevated version be[pres.pl.12hon3] that abroad those who India (of|K) x to awaken[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
431What you have done is good because 432BapDada's elevated versions of the beginning were that those from abroad will awaken the Kumbhakarnas (sleeping giants) of India.
329तो अभी यह भी कोशिश करो , कि जो भी बड़े प्रोग्राम होते हैं , उसमें स्पीकर भी आने चाहिए . tō abhī yah bhī kōśhiśh karō , ki jō bhī baṛē programme hōtē haĩ , usmē̃ speaker bhī ānē chāhiē . tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] speaker bhī[p.] ānā[.oblig3] . then now this too try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that that too very programme be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] x too come[.oblig3] .
433So, now try to have speakers and VIPs from abroad for the big programmes you hold.
330वी . आई भी . we|V . āī|eye|I bhī . we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I bhī[p.] . (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) too .
434There should also be VIPs.
331तो अच्छा प्लैन बनाया है . tō achchhā plan banāyā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then achcha plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
435You have made a good plan.
332अपने ब्राह्मण तो आते हैं लेकिन वी . आई . पी अपना अनुभव आके सुनाये - हमको क्या मिला है . apnē brāhmaṇ tō ātē haĩ lēkin we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P apnā anubhav ākē sunāyē - hamkō kyā milā hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[past-part.f.]|pīnā[root]|P apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[abs.] sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] - ham[pn.pl.kō] kyā milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . one’s own Brahmin then come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[past-part.f.]|drink[root]|P.) (one’s own|adopt[root]) experience come[abs.] speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] - we[.kō] what receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
436Brahmins come anyway, but VIPs should come and share their experience of what they have received.
333यह भी हो जायेगा . yah bhī hō jāyēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this too be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
437That will happen too.
334अभी कनेक्शन में तो बहुत हैं . abhī connection mē̃ tō bahut haĩ . ab[adv.hī] connection mē̃[postp.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now connection in then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
438Now, there are many in connection with you.
335बाकी डबल पुरूषार्थी हैं ना . bākī double purūṣhārthī haĩ nā . bākī|bākī double purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . (but|others) double effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
439You are double effort-makers, are you not?
336जो समझते हैं कि हम डबल पुरूषार्थी हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki ham double purūṣhārthī haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] double purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we double effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
440Those who feel that they are double effort-makers, raise your hands!
337डबल पुरूषार्थी ! double purūṣhārthī ! double purūṣhārthī[x] ! double effort-maker !
441Double effort- makers?
338डबल ! double ! double ! double !
442Double?
339डबल पुरूषार्थी ? double purūṣhārthī ? double purūṣhārthī[x] ? double effort-maker ?
443Are you double effort-makers?
340मैजारिटी तो उठा रही है , कोई-कोई नहीं उठा रहा है . majority tō uṭhā rahī hai , kōī-kōī nahī̃ uṭhā rahā hai . majority tō uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . majority then (wake up[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.f.prog.23]) , some not (wake up[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
444The majority of you are raising your hands; some of you are not.
341तो ढीला नहीं करना इसको . tō ḍhīlā nahī̃ karnā iskō . tō ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] . then x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kō] .
445Do not become slack in this.
342अभी डबल पुरूषार्थी का टाइटल मिला है ना . abhī double purūṣhārthī kā title milā hai nā . ab[adv.hī] double purūṣhārthī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . now double effort-maker of title receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
446You have now received the title of double effort-makers, have you not?
343फिर आपको टाइटिल मिलेगा , फरिश्ता पुरूषार्थी क्योंकि जैसे आते हो , तो फ्लाय करके आते हो ना ! phir āpkō title milēgā , phariśhtā purūṣhārthī kyōṅki jaisē ātē hō , tō fly karkē ātē hō nā ! phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āp[pn.pl.kō] title milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] purūṣhārthī[x] kyōṅki jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] , tō fly karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! (then|turn[root]) you[.kō] title receive[fut.m.sg.23] , angel effort-maker because like come[pres.pl.m.2] , then fly do[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
447Then you will receive the title "angelic effort- makers" because when you come here, you fly here.
344ऐसे ही स्थिति में भी फरिश्ता अर्थात् उड़ती कला वाले . aisē hī sthiti mē̃ bhī phariśhtā arthāt uṛtī kalā vālē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . such only stage in too angel that is fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who .
448In the same way, in your stage, you are angels, that is, those who are in the flying stage.
345चढ़ती कला , चलती कला नहीं , उड़ती कला . chaṛhtī kalā , chaltī kalā nahī̃ , uṛtī kalā . chaṛhtī kalā[x] , chalnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] . stage of ascent , continue[pres-part.f.] degree not , fly[pres-part.f.] degree .
449Not the ascending stage or the stage of walking along, but the flying stage.
346अटेन्शन है , सेवा भी बढ़ रही है . attention hai , sēvā bhī baṛh rahī hai . attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . attention be[pres.sg.23] , service too grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
450You pay attention and service is also increasing.
347अभी ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ जो सदा एकरस एकाग्र रहे , कभी कभी शब्द नहीं आवे . abhī aisā group banāō jō sadā ēkras ēkāgr rahē , kabhī kabhī śhabda nahī̃ āvē . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sadā ēkras[adj.] ēkāgr[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] . now such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that constantly constant and stable concentrated (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , ever ever word not come[opt.sg.23] .
451Now, prepare such a group that is always steady and constant, stable. 452They should not be those who do everything "sometimes".
348सदा शब्द हो , ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ . sadā śhabda hō , aisā group banāō . sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly word (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
453Let them be that constantly. 454Prepare such a group.
349सदा शब्द इतना पक्का हो , जो कभी-कभी क्या होता है , उस पुरूषार्थ में अन्जान हो जाए . sadā śhabda itnā pakkā hō , jō kabhī-kabhī kyā hōtā hai , us purūṣhārth mē̃ anjān hō jāē . sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] anjān[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . constantly word such firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that ever what be[pres.sg.m.23] , that effort in who is without knowledge be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
455Let the word "sada" (all the time) be so firm that you are ignorant of what "sometimes" means in your effort.
350चलते फिरते सदा शब्द प्रैक्टिकल हो , हर सबजेक्ट में . chaltē phirtē sadā śhabda practical hō , har|her subject mē̃ . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , harnā[root]|har|her subject mē̃[postp.] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] constantly word practical (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[root]|x) subject in .
456While you are moving along, the word "sada" should also be in a practical form in every subject.
351ऐसा ग्रुप विदेश में भी बना सकते हैं , देश में भी बना सकते हैं . aisā group vidēśh mē̃ bhī banā saktē haĩ , dēśh mē̃ bhī banā saktē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . such group abroad in too create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , land in too create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
457Such a group can be prepared abroad and also in this land.
352रेस करो , चाहे छोटा ग्रुप बने , बड़ा ग्रुप बने , लेकिन कहाँ भी ऐसा ग्रुप बनाके दिखाओ . race karō , chāhē chhōṭā group banē , baṛā group banē , lēkin kahā̃ bhī aisā group banākē dikhāō . race karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bannā[opt.sg.23]|bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bannā[opt.sg.23]|bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin kahā̃ bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . race do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small group (become[opt.sg.23]|become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , very group (become[opt.sg.23]|become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but where too such group create[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
458You can race. 459A small group or a big group can be created, but such a group can be created anywhere.
353बनायेंगे ! banāyēṅgē ! banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
460Will you prepare it?
354डबल पुरूषार्थी बच्चों की आदत है - जो सोचते हैं वह करके दिखाते हैं . double purūṣhārthī bachchō̃ kī|key ādat hai - jō sōchtē haĩ vah karkē dikhātē haĩ . double purūṣhārthī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double effort-maker child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit be[pres.sg.23] - that think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that do[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
461Double effort-making children have the habit of demonstrating something by doing practically whatever they think of.
355तो यह करके दिखाओ . tō yah karkē dikhāō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
462So, demonstrate this by doing it.
356है हिम्मत ? hai himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] courage ?
463Do you have this courage?
357हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
464Do you have courage?
358टीचर बताओ . teacher batāō . teacher batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
465Teachers, speak!
359जनक बताओ , है ? janak batāō , hai ? janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Janak tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[pres.sg.23] ?
466Janak, speak! 467Do you have it?
360अभी सोच रहे हैं . abhī sōch rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
468You are still thinking.
361सोचो . sōchō . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 362भले सोचो , ट्रायल करो और फिर सभी के तरफ से बापदादा उस ग्रुप को सौगात देंगे . bhalē sōchō , trial karō aur phir sabhī kē|K taraph sē bāpdādā us group kō saugāt dēgē . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.o.] group kō[postp.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . benefit think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (then|turn[root]) all (of|K) direction from BapDada that group to gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
469You may think about it. 470Try it out and then, on behalf of everyone, BapDada will give that group a gift.
363कोई भी बनाये , चाहे देश , चाहे विदेश , सदा नो प्राबलम का आवाज हो . kōī bhī banāyē , chāhē dēśh , chāhē vidēśh , sadā no problem kā āvāj hō . kōī bhī[x] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā no problem[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . anyone create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad , constantly no problem of noise (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
471Anyone can prepare it, whether this land or those from abroad. 472Let there always be the sound of "No problem!"
364अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
473Achcha.
365अच्छा - चारों ओर के बच्चों की यादप्यार जो भिन्न-भिन्न भेजते रहते हैं , वह बापदादा को जरूर मिलती है और बापदादा भी उन बच्चों को दिल में समाते हुए समीप इमर्ज करते हैं . achchhā - chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kī|key yādpyār jō bhinn-bhinn bhējtē rahtē haĩ , vah bāpdādā kō jarūr miltī hai aur bāpdādā bhī un bachchō̃ kō dil mē̃ samātē huē samīp emerge kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhinn[adj.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] zarūr milnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] samīp[adj.] emerge karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha - everywhere (of|K) child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love, remembrance that different x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , that BapDada to definitely receive[pres.sg.f.23] and BapDada too that child to heart in merge[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] close emerge do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
474All the children from everywhere who send love and remembrance in different ways, BapDada definitely receives that. 475Merging those children in His heart, BapDada makes them emerge close to Him.
366आजकल कई बच्चे अपने अपने पिछले जन्मों के हिसाब-किताब चुक्तू करने में लगे हुए हैं . ājkal kaī bachchē apnē apnē pichhlē janmō̃ kē|K hisāb-kitāb chuktū karnē mē̃ lagē huē haĩ . ājkal kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pichhlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] chuktū karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . nowadays some child one’s own one’s own past life (of|K) accounts settled do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
476Nowadays, some children are engaged in settling the karmic accounts of their past births.
367उन्हों का भी यादप्यार बापदादा के पास पहुंचता है . unhō̃ kā bhī yādpyār bāpdādā kē pās pahuñchtā hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that of too love, remembrance BapDada to reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
477Their love and remembrance is also reaching BapDada.
368जैसे अंकल , ( अंकल स्टीवनारायण ) फर्स्ट वी . आई . पी निमित्त बना . jaisē uncle , ( uncle Steve Naraine ) first we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P nimitt banā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uncle , ( uncle x ) first[adj.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[past-part.f.]|pīnā[root]|P nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . like Uncle , ( Uncle x ) first (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[past-part.f.]|drink[root]|P.) instrument (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .
478For example, Uncle, (Uncle Steve Naraine) he was the first VIP instrument.
369तो बापदादा और सर्व परिवार जो जानते हैं , उनकी सकाश अवश्य बच्चे तक पहुंचती है . tō bāpdādā aur sarv parivār jō jāntē haĩ , unkī sakāśh avaśhya bachchē tak pahuñchtī hai . tō bāpdādā aur sarv[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kī] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tak pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then BapDada and all family that know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kī] sakaash x child until reach[pres.sg.f.23] .
479The sakaash from BapDada and the whole family that knows him is definitely reaching him.
370सभी अपने दिल की याद दे रहे हैं . sabhī apnē dil kī|key yād dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all one’s own heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
480Everyone is giving remembrance from their heart.
371ऐसे ही कई बच्चे बाबा बाबा कहके अपना हिसाब किताब चुक्तू कर भी रहे हैं और सकाश लेते हुए चल भी रहे हैं . aisē hī kaī bachchē bābā bābā kahkē apnā hisāb kitāb chuktū kar bhī rahē haĩ aur sakāśh lētē huē chal bhī rahē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bābā bābā kahnā[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] chuktū karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . such only some child Baba Baba say[conj.] (one’s own|adopt[root]) account book settled do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and sakaash take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
481Similarly, many children are saying "Baba, Baba" and settling their accounts and moving along receiving sakaash.
372तो जो भी देश में या विदेश में शरीर का हिसाब चुक्तू कर रहे हैं , उन सब विशेष बच्चों को बापदादा का प्यार दुआयें , सदा मिल रही हैं और मिलती रहेंगी . tō jō bhī dēśh mē̃ yā vidēśh mē̃ śharīr kā hisāb chuktū kar rahē haĩ , un sab viśhēṣh bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā pyār duāyē̃ , sadā mil rahī haĩ aur miltī rahē̃gī . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] chuktū karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] aur milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then that too land in or abroad in body of account settled do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that all special child to BapDada of love blessing , constantly receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] and receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
482All those in this land or abroad who are engaged in settling the karmic accounts of their body, all those special children are receiving BapDada's love and blessings all the time and will continue to receive it.
373साथ-साथ चारों ओर के पत्र , आजकल तो पत्रों से भी फास्ट साधन निकल गये हैं , तो जिन्होंने भी याद भेजी है , उन सब बच्चों को एक एक को नाम और उनकी विशेषताओं सहित बापदादा यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . sāth-sāth chārō̃ ōr kē|K patra , ājkal tō patrō̃ sē bhī fast sādhan nikal gayē haĩ , tō jinhōnnē bhī yād bhējī hai , un sab bachchō̃ kō ēk ēk kō nām aur unkī viśhēṣhatāō̃ sahit bāpdādā yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . sāth-sāth chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ājkal tō patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] fast sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , tō jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vah[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sahit bāpdādā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x everywhere (of|K) x , nowadays then x from too fast facilities be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , then that[.nē] too remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that all child to one one to name and that[.kī] speciality including BapDada love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
483Together with that, letters from everywhere, and facilities even faster than letters have emerged. 484So, all those who have sent their remembrance, BapDada is giving each one love and remembrance personally by name and according to their speciality.
374साथ साथ बांधेली गोपिकायें उन्हों के भी दिल के आवाज बहुत आते हैं लेकिन बापदादा ऐसे लवली बच्चों को याद करते हैं कि कमाल है , बंधन में रहते भी दिल से ब्रंधनमुक्त हैं . sāth sāth bāndhēlī gōpikāyē̃ unhō̃ kē|K bhī dil kē|K āvāj bahut ātē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā aisē lovely bachchō̃ kō yād kartē haĩ ki kamāl hai , bandhan mē̃ rahtē bhī dil sē brandhanamukta haĩ . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāndhēlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gōpī, gōpikā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovely bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . with with bound gopi that (of|K) too heart (of|K) noise very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada such lovely child to remember that x be[pres.sg.23] , bondage in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too heart from x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
485Together with that, the sounds of the hearts of the gopikas in bondage are also reaching Baba, and BapDada is remembering such lovely children. 486It is a wonder that they are living in bondage, and yet they are free from bondage in their hearts.
375अपनी कमाई गुप्त रूप में भी कड़े बंधन में भी कर रही हैं , वह सोते हैं , यह कमाई करती हैं . apnī kamāī gupta rūp mē̃ bhī kaṛē bandhan mē̃ bhī kar rahī haĩ , vah sōtē haĩ , yah kamāī kartī haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] gupt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kamānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+karnā] . one’s own (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) incognito Rup in too severe bondage in too do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , that sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this earn[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+karnā] .
487Even while being in great bondage, they are earning their income in an incognito way; their partner is sleeping and they are earning an income.
376यह बांधेलियों के चरित्र विचित्र होते हैं . yah bāndhēliyō̃ kē|K charitra vichitr hōtē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāndhēlā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K charitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vichitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this bound (of|K) character unique be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
488These divine activities of those in bondage are unique.
377बापदादा चारों ओर के ऐसे बंधन वाली सच्ची गोपिकाओं को भी यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K aisē bandhan vālī sachchī gōpikāō̃ kō bhī yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gōpī, gōpikā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada everywhere (of|K) such bondage those who true gopi to too love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
489BapDada is giving love and remembrance to the true gopikas everywhere who are in bondage.
378उन्हों का स्पेशल टाइम होता है और बापदादा उसी टाइम पर उन्हों को किरणें देते हैं . unhō̃ kā special time hōtā hai aur bāpdādā usī time par unhō̃ kō kiraṇē̃ dētē haĩ . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] special time hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.hī] time par[adj.]|par[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that of special time be[pres.sg.m.23] and BapDada that[.hī] time (other|at) that to ray give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
490They have a special time and BapDada gives them rays at that time.
379अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
491Achcha.
380चारों ओर के लवली और लक्की दृढ़ संकल्प वाले बच्चों को सोचा और किया , करेंगे , देखेंगे नहीं , सोचा और किया , सदा अपने को नष्टोमोहा में , सिर्फ संबंध का मोह नहीं , अपने देहभान और देह अभिमान का भी मोह नहीं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K lovely aur lucky dr̥iṛh saṅkalp vālē bachchō̃ kō sōchā aur kiyā , karē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē nahī̃ , sōchā aur kiyā , sadā apnē kō naṣhṭōmōhā mē̃ , sirph sambandh kā mōh nahī̃ , apnē dēhbhān aur dēh abhimān kā bhī mōh nahī̃ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lovely aur lucky dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sirph[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mōh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mōh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . everywhere (of|K) lovely and lucky determined thought those who child to think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , constantly one’s own to destroyer of attachment in , only relationship of attachment not , one’s own body consciousness and body arrogance of too attachment not . 381ऐसे नष्टोमोहा एवररेडी बच्चों को सदा श्रीमत में हाथ में हाथ देते , साथ उड़ने वाले और साथ में ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ अपने राज्य में आने वाले ऐसे तीव्र पुरूषार्थी उड़ती कला वाले बच्चों को बापदादा का बहुत-बहुत दुआयें और यादप्यार स्वीकार हो और बालक सो मालिक बच्चों को नमस्ते . aisē naṣhṭōmōhā ever ready bachchō̃ kō sadā śhrīmat mē̃ hāth mē̃ hāth dētē , sāth uṛnē vālē aur sāth mē̃ brahmā bāp kē sāth apnē rājya mē̃ ānē vālē aisē tīvr purūṣhārthī uṛtī kalā vālē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā bahut-bahut duāyē̃ aur yādpyār svīkār hō aur bālak sō mālik bachchō̃ kō namastē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ever ready bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . such destroyer of attachment ever-ready child to constantly shrimat in hand in hand give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , with fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and with in Brahma father with one’s own kingdom in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who such intense effort-maker fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who child to BapDada of very blessing and love, remembrance acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and x (x|sleep[root]) master child to x .
492To all the lucky and lovely children from everywhere who have determined thoughts and who do something practically as soon as they think of it; they don't say, "I will do it, I will see about it", but they do it as soon as they think of it, to those who are constantly destroyers of attachment - they are free from attachment not just in their relationships, but there is also no attachment to the consciousness of the body or arrogance of the body, to such children who are destroyers of attachment and are ever-ready, to those who constantly put their hand in the Father's hand of shrimat, those who fly with the Father and who will come into their kingdom with Father Brahma, to such fast effort-making children who have the flying stage, please accept lots and lots of blessings and love and remembrance from BapDada, and namaste to the children who are the masters.
382दादियों से : ( दादी जानकी वा मोहिनी बहन ने बापदादा को भाकी पहनी ) निमित्त यह दो बनी लेकिन सबको भाकी पड़ गई . dādiyō̃ sē : ( dādī jānkī vā mōhinī bahan nē bāpdādā kō bhākī pahanī ) nimitt yah dō banī lēkin sabkō bhākī paṛ gaī . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhākī pahannā[past-part.f.] ) nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bannā[past-part.f.] lēkin sabkō bhākī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . Dadi from : ( Dadi x or x x ∅ BapDada to embrace ) instrument this (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) become[past-part.f.] but everything embrace fall[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
493Speaking to the Dadis: (Dadi Janki and Mohiniben hugged BapDada). 494These two are instruments, but everyone is embraced in this hug.
383शान्तामणि दादी : अच्छा है भले बेड पर हो लेकन सबके दिल में याद हो क्योंकि आदि रत्न हो ना . śāntāmaṇi dādī : achchhā hai bhalē bed par hō lēkan sabkē dil mē̃ yād hō kyōṅki ādi ratna hō nā . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bed par[adj.]|par[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . x Dadi : achcha be[pres.sg.23] benefit x (other|at) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x everyone's heart in remembrance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because etc. jewel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
495To Shantamani Dadi: It is good. 496Although you are bedridden, you are remembered in everyone's heart because you are an original jewel, are you not?
384आदि रत्न अमूल्य रत्न हैं गिनती के रत्न हैं . ādi ratna amūlya ratna haĩ gintī kē|K ratna haĩ . ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] gintī[x]|ginnā[pres-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . etc. jewel invaluable jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x|x[pres-part.f.]) (of|K) jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
497The original jewels are invaluable jewels; they are only a few.
385सभी को दादियां बहुत याद हैं ना . sabhī kō dādiyā̃ bahut yād haĩ nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . all to Dadi very remembrance be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
498Everyone remembers the Dadis a lot.
386ग्राम विकास प्रभाग की ओर से पूरे गुजरात में 18 दिसम्बर से 29 दिसम्बर 2008 तक शास्वत यौगिक खेती जागृति अभियान निकाल रहे हैं जिसकी लाचिंग का कार्यक्रम कल नदी पर रखा थाः -grām vikās prabhāg kī ōr sē pūrē gujarāt mē̃ 18 December sē 29 December 2008 tak śāsvat yaugik khētī jāgr̥iti abhiyān nikāl rahē haĩ jiskī launching kā kāryakram kal nadī par rakhā thāḥ -grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] prabhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kī ōr[x] sē[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gujarāt mē̃[postp.] 18 December sē[postp.] 29 December 2008 tak x x khētī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jāgr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] abhiyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.kī] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāryakram[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] x -Rural Development area x from full Gujarat in 18 December from 29 December 2008 until x x farm enlightenment Campaign x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that[.kī] x of programme x river (other|at) (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) x -
499The Rural Development Wing is holding a campaign from 18 to 29th December 2008 called "Campaign for Awakening the Eternal Yogic Agriculture Awareness" and it was launched yesterday by the river at Abu Road.
387बापदादा ने समाचार सुना कि गांव की सेवा करने वाले बहुत अच्छा प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप दिखा रहे हैं . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā ki gānv kī|key sēvā karnē vālē bahut achchhā pratyakṣha svarūp dikhā rahē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that village (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who very achcha x x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
500BapDada heard the news that those serving the villages are showing a very good result.
388खेती में जो भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार की खाद डालते हैं , वह खाद न डाल कर योगबल से , बिना खाद डाले फल या सब्जी बहुत अच्छी बनाते हैं और प्रैक्टिकल ट्रायल करके दिखाई है और प्रैक्टिकल में चेक भी कराया है . khētī mē̃ jō bhinn-bhinn prakār kī|key khād ḍāltē haĩ , vah khād na ḍāl kar yōgbal sē , binā khād ḍālē phal yā sabjī bahut achchhī banātē haĩ aur practical trial karkē dikhāī hai aur practical mē̃ check bhī karāyā hai . khētī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khād[n.f.;sg.] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] khād[n.f.;sg.] na[neg] ḍālnā[root] karnā[root] yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , binā khād[n.f.;sg.] ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ḍālnā[opt.sg.23] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā sabjī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur practical trial karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur practical mē̃[postp.] check bhī[p.] karānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . farm in that different form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) alloy create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that alloy not create[root] do[root] power of yoga from , without alloy (create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|create[opt.sg.23]) fruit or vegetable very achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and practical try do[abs.] x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and practical in check too make commit[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
501Instead of using different types of fertilizers on the fields, with the power of yoga, they are able to grow very good fruits and vegetables without using fertilizer etc. 502This has been carried out practically and also tested out scientifically.
389तो जो योग से फल या फूल या अनाज़ पैदा होता है , वह बीमारियां नहीं पैदा करता है . tō jō yōg sē phal yā phūl|fool yā anāz paidā hōtā hai , vah bīmāriyā̃ nahī̃ paidā kartā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā phūl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|fool|phūlnā[root] yā x paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bīmārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then that yoga from fruit or (flower|x|x[root]) or x born be[pres.sg.m.23] , that illness not born do[pres.sg.m.23] .
503The fruits, flowers and grains that have been grown with the power of yoga do not create any diseases.
390बीमारियों के कीटाणु खत्म हो जाते हैं योगबल से . bīmāriyō̃ kē|K kīṭāṇu khatm hō jātē haĩ yōgbal sē . bīmārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kitāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . illness (of|K) book finished be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] power of yoga from .
504The germs of any diseases are destroyed with the power of yoga.
391तो यह प्रैक्टिकल सबूत कई जगहों पर दिखाया है और जो निमित्त वी . आई . पी हैं , उन्होंने भी माना है कि योगबल से अगर कोशिश करें तो यह वृद्धि को प्राप्त हो सकता है , तो यह बहुत अच्छा प्रत्यक्ष सबूत है , तो प्रत्यक्ष सबूत देख करके सब मानने के लिए तैयार हो ही जाते हैं . tō yah practical sabūt kaī jagahō̃ par dikhāyā hai aur jō nimitt we|V . āī|eye|I . pī haĩ , unhōnnē bhī mānā hai ki yōgbal sē agar kōśhiśh karē̃ tō yah vr̥iddhi kō prāpt hō saktā hai , tō yah bahut achchhā pratyakṣha sabūt hai , tō pratyakṣha sabūt dēkh karkē sab mānnē kē liē taiyār hō hī jātē haĩ . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] practical sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaī x par[adj.]|par[postp.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] mānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] agar kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō pratyakṣh[adj.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adj.] mānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then this practical x some x (other|at) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and that instrument (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , that[.nē] too x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that power of yoga from if try do[opt.pl.12hon3] then this growth to reached be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , then this very achcha visible x be[pres.sg.23] , then visible x see[root] do[abs.] all x[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
505This practical proof has been shown in many places and the instrumental VIPs have also accepted that if they try with the power of yoga they can make it grow a lot more. 506That is very good practical proof. 507Everyone is ready to accept something when they see the practical proof.
392तो यह भी ब्राह्मण परिवार की अच्छी सबूत दिखाने वाली सेवा है . tō yah bhī brāhmaṇ parivār kī|key achchhī sabūt dikhānē vālī sēvā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this too Brahmin family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha x x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who service be[pres.sg.23] .
508This is very good service by the Brahmin family which can show the proof.
393कई स्थानों में किया है ना . kaī sthānō̃ mē̃ kiyā hai nā . kaī sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . some place in do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
509This has been carried out in many places.
394वह आये हुए हैं , कहाँ हैं गांव सेवा वाले . vah āyē huē haĩ , kahā̃ haĩ gānv sēvā vālē . vah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . that (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , where be[pres.pl.12hon3] village service those who .
510They have come here. 511Where are those who are serving the villages in this way?
395ग्राम विकास वाले उठो . grām vikās vālē uṭhō . grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Rural Development those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
512Those from the Rural wing, stand up!
396यहाँ आबू में भी ऐसी खेती कर रहे हैं . yahā̃ ābū mē̃ bhī aisī khētī kar rahē haĩ . yahā̃ ābū mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khētī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . here Abu in too such farm do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
513They are preparing such land here in Abu too.
397तो खेती से क्या निकाला ? tō khētī sē kyā nikālā ? tō khētī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] kyā nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then farm from what x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
514What have you grown on that land?
398अभी क्या तैयार किया है ? abhī kyā taiyār kiyā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kyā taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? now what x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
515What have you already grown there?
399 ( अभी पपीता निकाला है , चना और मटर तैयार हो रहे हैं ) तो अच्छा है ना . ( abhī papītā nikālā hai , chanā aur maṭar taiyār hō rahē haĩ ) tō achchhā hai nā . ( ab[adv.hī] x nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , chanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur x taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . ( now x x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , chick pea and x x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) then achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
516(Papayas have been grown there, and chick peas and peas are still growing.) 517That is good.
400अपनी भी कमाई हुई , योग किया . apnī bhī kamāī huī , yōg kiyā . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . one’s own too (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) be[past-part.f.] , yoga do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
518You earn an income for yourself, you have yoga.
401चाहे किसी भी कारण से लगातार योग किया होगा ना ! chāhē kisī bhī kāraṇ sē lagātār yōg kiyā hōgā nā ! chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lagātār yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (anything|some) too because from x yoga do[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
519No matter what the reason, you must have had continuous yoga.
402तो अपना भी फायदा और लोगों का भी फायदा . tō apnā bhī phāydā aur lōgō̃ kā bhī phāydā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) too profit and people of too profit .
520So, that is benefit for you and also for the people.
403अच्छी बात है . achchhī bāt hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .
521It is a good thing.
404प्रैक्टिकल कभी क्लास में दिखाना , जो भी निकला है , ( पपीता वा चना ) वह सबको दिखाना . practical kabhī class mē̃ dikhānā , jō bhī nikalā hai , ( papītā vā chanā ) vah sabkō dikhānā . practical kabhī[adv.] class mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ( x vā chanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] sabkō dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . practical ever class in x[inf.m.sg.d.] , that too be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ( x or chick pea ) that everything x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
522Sometimes, show the practical results of what has been grown to the class. 523(Papayas and chick peas.) 524Show those to everyone.
405अच्छा है अगर ऐसे ही आवाज फैलता जायेगा तो बुलाने के बिना ही सब आयेंगे . achchhā hai agar aisē hī āvāj phailtā jāyēgā tō bulānē kē|K binā hī sab āyēṅgē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] agar aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] tō bulānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā hī[p.] sab[adj.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] if such only noise spread[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] then call[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without only all come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
525It is good. 526If the sound continues to spread in this way, then everyone will come without you having to call them.
406निमन्त्रण छपाने की जरूरत नहीं पड़ेगी . nimantraṇ chhapānē kī|key jarūrat nahī̃ paṛēgī . nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhapānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . invitation have printed[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not fall[fut.f.sg.23] .
527You won't need to print invitations.
407मुबारक हो , बहुत अच्छी सेवा है . mubārak hō , bahut achchhī sēvā hai . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , very achcha service be[pres.sg.23] .
528Congratulations. 529That is very good service.
40818 जनवरी तक के लिए विशेष होमवर्क18 January tak kē liē viśhēṣh homework18 January tak kē liē[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] home work18 January until for special homework
530Special homework till 18th January 2009:
4091 ) अव्यक्ति पालना और व्यक्त रूप की पालना का रिटर्न रायल आलस्य और अलबेलेपन से मुक्त बनो . 1 ) avyakti pālnā aur vyakt rūp kī|key pālnā kā return royal ālasya aur albēlēpan sē mukt banō . 1 ) avyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur vyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return royal ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 1 ) x (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) and x Rup (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of return royal laziness and carelessness from free become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
531The return of the avyakt sustenance and sustenance received through the corporeal form: Become free from royal laziness and carelessness.
4102 ) दूसरों को बदलने की वृत्ति का परिवर्तन कर स्वयं को परिवर्तन करो . 2 ) dūsrō̃ kō badalnē kī|key vr̥itti kā parivartan kar svayã kō parivartan karō . 2 ) dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] svayã kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 2 ) other to change[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude of transformation do[root] x to transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
532Transform the attitude of trying to transform others and transform yourself instead.
411आत्मिक भाव और शुभ भावना को धारण करो . ātmik bhāv aur śhubh bhāvnā kō dhāraṇ karō . ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhubh bhāvnā[x] kō[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . soul-conscious consciousness and pure feeling to adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
533Imbibe soul-conscious feelings and good wishes.
4123 ) दूसरों की कमियों को देखने के बजाए विशेषता देखो सी डबल फादर . 3 ) dūsrō̃ kī|key kamiyō̃ kō dēkhnē kē bajāē viśhēṣhtā dēkhō see|sī|C double father . 3 ) dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C double father . 3 ) other (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of speciality see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (see|x) double father .
534Instead of looking at the weaknesses of others, see their specialities, see double Father.